]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15391 60707))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31
32 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
33 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34
35 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40
41 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
42 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
43 Mutate the result." t nil)
44
45 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47
48 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
49 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
50 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
51 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
52
53 ;;;***
54 \f
55 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;;;;; (15425 28364))
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58
59 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
60 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
61 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 extensions.
63 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
64 name" nil nil)
65
66 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
67 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70
71 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
72 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73
74 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
75 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
78 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79
80 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81
82 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
83 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84
85 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
86 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87
88 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
89 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
90 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
91 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
92 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
93
94 If you use imenu.el:
95 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96
97 If you use find-file.el:
98 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
99 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
100 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
101 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
102 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103
104 If you use ada-xref.el:
105 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
106 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
107 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
112 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114
115 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
116 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
117
118 ;;;***
119 \f
120 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
121 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
122 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
123 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15371 46415))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125
126 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
127 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
128 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129
130 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
131 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
132 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133
134 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
135 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
136
137 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
138 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139
140 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
141 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
142 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
143 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144
145 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
146 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
147 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148
149 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
150 current buffer to the complete file name.
151 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
152
153 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
154 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
155 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
156 name and site.
157
158 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
159 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
160
161 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
162
163 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
164 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
165 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
166
167 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
168 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
169 the same person.
170
171 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
172 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
173 notices.
174
175 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
176 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
177
178 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
179 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
180 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
181 the change log file in another window." t nil)
182 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
183
184 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
185 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
186 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
187 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
188 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
189 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
190
191 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
192 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
193
194 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
195 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
196
197 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
198 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
199
200 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
201 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
202
203 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
204 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
205
206 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
207 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
208 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
209 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
210 `add-log-current-defun-function'
211
212 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
213
214 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
215 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
216 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
217 the appropriate motion commands).
218
219 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
220 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
221
222 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
223 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
224
225 ;;;***
226 \f
227 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
228 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15391
229 ;;;;;; 60524))
230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
231
232 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
233 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
234 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
235 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
236 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
237 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
238 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
239 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
240 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
241 interpreted as `error'.")
242
243 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
244 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
245 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
246 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
247 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
248 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
249 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
250 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
251
252 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
253 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
254 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
255 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
256 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
257 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
258 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
259 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
260 will be overwritten with the new one.
261 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
262 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
263 will clear the cache." nil nil)
264
265 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
266 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
267 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
268
269 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
270 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
271 BODY... )
272
273 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
274 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
275 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
276 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
277 see also `ad-add-advice'.
278 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
279 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
280 before/around/after-advices will be used.
281 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
282 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
283 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
284 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
285 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
286 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
287
288 Semantics of the various flags:
289 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
290 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
291 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
292
293 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
294 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
295
296 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
297 advised function should be compiled.
298
299 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
300 during activation until somebody enables it.
301
302 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
303 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
304 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
305 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
306
307 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
308 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
309 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
310 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
311 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
312 during preloading.
313
314 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
315
316 ;;;***
317 \f
318 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
319 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
320 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15464 26322))
321 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
322
323 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
324 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
325 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
326 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
327 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
328 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
329 rule's `separate' attribute).
330
331 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
332 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
333 `separate' attribute set.
334
335 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
336 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
337 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
338 on the format of these lists." t nil)
339
340 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
341 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
342 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
343 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
344 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
345 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
346 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
347 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
348 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
349 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
350 options.
351
352 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
353 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
354
355 Fred (123) 456-7890
356 Alice (123) 456-7890
357 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
358 Joe (123) 456-7890
359
360 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
361 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
362 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
363
364 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
365 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
366 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
367 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
368 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
369 align that section." t nil)
370
371 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
372 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
373 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
374 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
375 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
376 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
377 been used to align that section." t nil)
378
379 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
381 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
382 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
383 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
384 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
385 to be colored." t nil)
386
387 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
388 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
389
390 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
391 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
392
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
396 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15464 26331))
397 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
398 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
399
400 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
401 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
402 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
403 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
404 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
405 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
406
407 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
408
409 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
410
411 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
412
413 ;;;***
414 \f
415 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
416 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15371 46425))
417 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
418
419 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
420 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
421 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
422 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
423 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
424 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
425 in the current window." nil nil)
426
427 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
428 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
429 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
430
431 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
432 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
433
434 ;;;***
435 \f
436 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
437 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15391 60505))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
439
440 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
441 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
442
443 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
444 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
445
446 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
447 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
448 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
449 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
450
451 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
452 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
453
454 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
455
456 ;;;***
457 \f
458 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
459 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15417 7450))
460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
461
462 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
463 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
464 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
465 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
466 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
467 \\[yank].
468
469 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
470 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
471 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
472 the rules.
473
474 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
475 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
476 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
477 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
478
479 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
480 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
481 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
482
483 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
484 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
485 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
486
487 ;;;***
488 \f
489 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
490 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
491 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
492 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15391 60522))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
494
495 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
496 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
497 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
498 as the first thing on a line.")
499
500 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
501 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
502
503 (defvar appt-audible t "\
504 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
505
506 (defvar appt-visible t "\
507 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
508
509 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
510 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
511
512 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
513 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
514
515 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
516 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
517
518 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
519 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
520 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
521
522 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
523 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
524 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
525
526 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
527 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
528
529 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
530 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
531 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
532 put in the appointments list.
533 02/23/89
534 12:00pm lunch
535 Wednesday
536 10:00am group meeting
537 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
538 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
539 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
540
541 ;;;***
542 \f
543 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
544 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15425
545 ;;;;;; 28360))
546 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
547
548 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
549 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
550
551 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
552
553 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
554 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
555 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
556 normal variables." t nil)
557
558 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
559
560 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
561 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
562 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
563 noninteractive functions.
564
565 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
566 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
567
568 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
569 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
570 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
571 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
572 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
573
574 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
575 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
576 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
577 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
578 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
579
580 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
581 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
582 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
583 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
584 bindings.
585 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
586
587 ;;;***
588 \f
589 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15427
590 ;;;;;; 61500))
591 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
592
593 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
594 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
595 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
596 Letters no longer insert themselves.
597 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
598 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
599
600 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
601 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
602 archive.
603
604 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
605
606 ;;;***
607 \f
608 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15427 61500))
609 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
610
611 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
612 Major mode for editing arrays.
613
614 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
615 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
616 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
617
618 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
619
620 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
621 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
622 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
623
624 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
625 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
626 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
627 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
628 The variables are:
629
630 Variables you assign:
631 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
632 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
633 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
634 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
635 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
636 row numbers in the buffer.
637
638 Variables which are calculated:
639 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
640 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
641
642 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
643 take a numeric prefix argument):
644
645 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
646 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
647 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
648 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
649
650 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
651 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
652 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
653 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
654
655 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
656 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
657 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
658 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
659
660 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
661 between that of point and mark.
662
663 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
664 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
665
666 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
667 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
668 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
669 newlines inside rows)
670
671 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
672
673 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
674
675 ;;;***
676 \f
677 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15427
678 ;;;;;; 61509))
679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
680
681 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
682 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
683 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
684 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
685
686 How to quit artist mode
687
688 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
689
690
691 How to submit a bug report
692
693 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
694
695
696 Drawing with the mouse:
697
698 mouse-2
699 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
700 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
701 below).
702
703 mouse-1
704 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
705 or pastes:
706
707 Operation Not shifted Shifted
708 --------------------------------------------------------------
709 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
710 to new point
711 --------------------------------------------------------------
712 Line Line in any direction Straight line
713 --------------------------------------------------------------
714 Rectangle Rectangle Square
715 --------------------------------------------------------------
716 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
717 --------------------------------------------------------------
718 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
719 --------------------------------------------------------------
720 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
721 --------------------------------------------------------------
722 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
723 --------------------------------------------------------------
724 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
725 --------------------------------------------------------------
726 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
727 lines
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
729 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
730 --------------------------------------------------------------
731 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
732 --------------------------------------------------------------
733 Paste Paste Paste
734 --------------------------------------------------------------
735 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
736 --------------------------------------------------------------
737
738 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
739 or diagonally.
740
741 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
742 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
743 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
744 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
745 poly-lines.
746
747 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
748 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
749 overwrite means the opposite.
750
751 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
752 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
753 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
754
755 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
756
757 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
758 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
759
760 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
761 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
762 are currently drawing something.
763
764 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
765 some time to fill.
766
767
768 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
769 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
770
771
772 Settings
773
774 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
775
776 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
777
778 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
779
780 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
781
782 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
783 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
784
785 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
786
787
788 Drawing with keys
789
790 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
791 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
792 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
793 When erase characters: toggles erasing
794 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
795 When pasting: Pastes
796
797 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
798
799 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
800
801 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
802 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
803 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
804 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
805 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
806 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
807
808
809 Arrows
810
811 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
812 of the line/poly-line
813
814 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
815 of the line/poly-line
816
817
818 Selecting operation
819
820 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
821
822 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
823 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
824 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
825 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
826 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
827 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
828 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
829 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
830 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
831 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
832 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
833 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
834 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
835 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
836 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
837 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
838 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
839 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
840 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
841 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
842
843
844 Variables
845
846 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
847 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
848
849 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
850 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
851 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
852 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
853 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
854 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
855 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
856 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
857 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
858 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
859 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
860 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
861 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
862 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
863 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
864 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
865 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
866 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
867 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
868
869 Hooks
870
871 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
872 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
873
874
875 Keymap summary
876
877 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
878
879 ;;;***
880 \f
881 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (15371
882 ;;;;;; 46426))
883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
884
885 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
886 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
887 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
888
889 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
890 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
891 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
892 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
893
894 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
895 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
896
897 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
898 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
899
900 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
901
902 Special commands:
903 \\{asm-mode-map}
904 " t nil)
905
906 ;;;***
907 \f
908 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
909 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
911
912 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
913 Obsolete.")
914
915 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
916 This command is obsolete." t nil)
917
918 ;;;***
919 \f
920 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
921 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
923
924 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
925 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
926 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
928 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
929
930 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
931
932 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
933
934 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
935 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
936 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
937 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
938 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
939 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
940 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
941 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
942 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
943 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
944
945 For example:
946 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
947 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
948 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
949 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
950 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
951
952 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
953
954 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
955 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
956 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
958 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
959
960 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
961
962 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
963
964 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
965 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
966 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
967 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
968 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
969 &c to supply digit arguments.
970
971 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
972
973 ;;;***
974 \f
975 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
976 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
978
979 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
980 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
981
982 ;;;***
983 \f
984 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
985 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15400 1471))
986 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
987
988 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
989 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
990 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
991
992 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
993 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
994 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
995 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
996
997 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
998 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
999 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1001 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1002
1003 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1004
1005 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1006
1007 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1008 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1009 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1010 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1011
1012 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1013 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1014
1015 ;;;***
1016 \f
1017 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1018 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1019 ;;;;;; (15441 20092))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1021
1022 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1023 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1024 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1025 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1026
1027 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1028 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1029 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1032 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1033 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1034
1035 ;;;***
1036 \f
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1038 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1039 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
1040 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1041
1042 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1043 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1044
1045 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1046 instead.")
1047
1048 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1049 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1050
1051 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1052 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1053
1054 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1055
1056 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1057
1058 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1059 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1060
1061 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1062 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1063 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1064
1065 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1066 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1067
1068 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1069 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1070
1071 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1072 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1073
1074 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1075 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1076 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1077
1078 ;;;***
1079 \f
1080 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1081 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15371 46415))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1083
1084 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1085 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1086 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1088 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1089
1090 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1091
1092 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1093
1094 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1095 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1096 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1097 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1098
1099 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1100 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1101 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1102
1103 Effects of the different modes:
1104 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1105 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1106 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1107 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1108 a random distance & direction.
1109 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1110 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1111 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1112
1113 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1114
1115 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1116 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1117 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1118
1119 ;;;***
1120 \f
1121 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15371
1122 ;;;;;; 46426))
1123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1124
1125 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1126 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1127 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1128 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1129 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1130
1131 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1132
1133 ;;;***
1134 \f
1135 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1136 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
1137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1138
1139 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1140 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1141
1142 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1143 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1144
1145 For example:
1146
1147 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1148 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1149 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1150 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1151
1152 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1153
1154 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1155
1156 ;;;***
1157 \f
1158 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1159 ;;;;;; (15391 60505))
1160 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1161
1162 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1163 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1164 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1165 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1166
1167 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1168 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1169 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1170 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1171 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1172 seconds." t nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15474
1177 ;;;;;; 13619))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1179
1180 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1181 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1182
1183 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1184 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1185 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1186 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1187 message.
1188
1189
1190 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1191
1192 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1193 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1194 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1195 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1196 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1197
1198 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1199 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1200 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1201 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1202 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1203 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1204
1205 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1206 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1207 BibTeX mode.
1208
1209
1210 Special information:
1211
1212 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1213
1214 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1215 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1216 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1217 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1218 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1219 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1220 current field.
1221 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1222 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1223
1224 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1225 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1226 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1227 bibtex-entry-format.
1228 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1229 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1230 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1231
1232 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1233 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1234
1235 The following may be of interest as well:
1236
1237 Functions:
1238 bibtex-entry
1239 bibtex-kill-entry
1240 bibtex-yank-pop
1241 bibtex-pop-previous
1242 bibtex-pop-next
1243 bibtex-complete-string
1244 bibtex-complete-key
1245 bibtex-print-help-message
1246 bibtex-generate-autokey
1247 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1248 bibtex-end-of-entry
1249 bibtex-reposition-window
1250 bibtex-mark-entry
1251 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1252 bibtex-ispell-entry
1253 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1254 bibtex-sort-buffer
1255 bibtex-validate
1256 bibtex-count
1257 bibtex-fill-entry
1258 bibtex-reformat
1259 bibtex-convert-alien
1260
1261 Variables:
1262 bibtex-field-delimiters
1263 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1264 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1265 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1266 bibtex-entry-format
1267 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1268 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1269 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1270 bibtex-predefined-strings
1271 bibtex-string-files
1272
1273 ---------------------------------------------------------
1274 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1275 non-nil.
1276
1277 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1278
1279 ;;;***
1280 \f
1281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15464 26329))
1282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1283
1284 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1285
1286 ;;;***
1287 \f
1288 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15400
1289 ;;;;;; 1479))
1290 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1291
1292 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1293 Play blackbox.
1294 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1295
1296 What is blackbox?
1297
1298 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1299 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1300 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1301 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1302 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1303 your score.
1304
1305 Overview of play:
1306
1307 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1308 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1309 four.
1310
1311 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1312 movement keys.
1313
1314 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1315 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1316
1317 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1318 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1319
1320 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1321 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1322 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1323 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1324 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1325 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1326
1327 Details:
1328
1329 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1330
1331 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1332 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1333 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1334 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1335
1336 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1337 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1338 denoted by the letter `R'.
1339
1340 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1341 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1342 denoted by the letter `H'.
1343
1344 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1345 example.
1346
1347 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1348 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1349 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1350 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1351 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1352 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1353 ray.
1354
1355 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1356 degree deflection it causes.
1357
1358 1
1359 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1360 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1361 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1362 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1365 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1367 2 3
1368
1369 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1370 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1371
1372
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1374 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1375 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1376 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1377 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1378 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1379 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1380 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1381
1382 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1383 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1384 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1385 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1386 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1387 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1388 emerging from the box.
1389
1390 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1391
1392 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1393 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1394 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1395 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1396 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1397 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1398 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1399 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1400
1401 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1402 a reflection." t nil)
1403
1404 ;;;***
1405 \f
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1407 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1408 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1409 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1410 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1411 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15400 1471))
1412 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1413 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1414 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1415 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1416
1417 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1418 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1419 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1420 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1421 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1422 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1423
1424 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1425
1426 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1427
1428 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1429
1430 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1431
1432 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1433
1434 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1435
1436 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1437
1438 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1439
1440 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1441
1442 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1443
1444 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1445
1446 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1447
1448 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1449
1450 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1451 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1452 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1453 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1454 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1455 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1456 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1457 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1458 recent one.
1459
1460 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1461 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1462 yank successive words.
1463
1464 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1465 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1466 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1467 name of the file being visited.
1468
1469 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1470 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1471 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1472
1473 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1474 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1475 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1476 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1477 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1478 this.
1479
1480 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1481 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1482 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1483 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1484
1485 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1486 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1487 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1488 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1489 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1490
1491 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1492 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1493 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1494 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1495
1496 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1497
1498 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1499 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1500 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1501 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1502
1503 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1504 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1505 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1506
1507 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1508 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1509 name." t nil)
1510
1511 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1512 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1513 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1514 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1515 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1516 this." t nil)
1517
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1519 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1520 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1521 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1522 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1523 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1524 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1525 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1526
1527 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1528 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1529 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1530
1531 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1532 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1533 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1534 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1535 \(second argument).
1536
1537 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1538 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1539 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1540 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1541 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1542
1543 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1544 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1545 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1546 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1547
1548 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1549 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1550 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1551 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1552 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1553 while loading.
1554
1555 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1556 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1557 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1558 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1559 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1560 explicitly.
1561
1562 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1563 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1564 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1565 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1566
1567 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1568 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1569 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1570 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1571 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1572
1573 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1574
1575 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1576
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1578 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1579 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1580 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1581 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1582 this.
1583
1584 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1585 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1586 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1587
1588 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1589 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1590 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1591 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1592 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1593 this.
1594
1595 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1596 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1597 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1598
1599 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1600 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1601 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1602
1603 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1604 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1605 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1606
1607 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1608 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1609 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1610 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1611 prompts for NEWNAME.
1612 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1613 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1614 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1615
1616 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1617 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1618 name.
1619
1620 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1621 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1622 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1623
1624 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1625 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1626 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1627 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1628 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1629 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1630
1631 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1632 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1633 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1634
1635 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1636
1637 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1638
1639 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1640
1641 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1642
1643 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1644
1645 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1646
1647 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1648
1649 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1650
1651 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1652
1653 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1654
1655 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1656
1657 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1658
1659 ;;;***
1660 \f
1661 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1662 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1663 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1664 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1665 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1666 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1667 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1668 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1669 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1670 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1671 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15474 13216))
1672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1673
1674 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1675 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1676 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1677 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1678
1679 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1680 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1681 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1682 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1683 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1684
1685 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1686 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1687
1688 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1689 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1690
1691 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1692 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1693 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1694 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1695 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1696
1697 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1698 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1699 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1700
1701 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1702 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1703
1704 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1705 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1706 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1707 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1708 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1709 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1710
1711 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1712 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1713 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1714 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1715 narrowed." t nil)
1716
1717 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1718 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1719
1720 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1721 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1722
1723 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1724 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1725 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1726 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1727
1728 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1729 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1730 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1731 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1732
1733 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1734 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1735 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1736 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1737 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1738 to use." t nil)
1739
1740 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1741 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1742 Default to the URL around or before point.
1743
1744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1745 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1746 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1747 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1748
1749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1751
1752 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1753 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1754
1755 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1756 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1757 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1758 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1759
1760 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1761 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1762 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1763 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1764
1765 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1766 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1767
1768 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1769 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1770 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1771 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1772
1773 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1774 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1775 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1776 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1777
1778 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1779 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1780
1781 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1782 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1783 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1784 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1785
1786 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1787 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1788 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1789 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1790
1791 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1792 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1793
1794 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1795 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1796 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1797 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1798
1799 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1800 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1801 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1802 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1803
1804 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1805 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1806
1807 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1808 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1809
1810 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1811 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1812 program is invoked according to the variable
1813 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1814
1815 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1816 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1817 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1818 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1819
1820 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1821 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1822
1823 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1824 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1825 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1826
1827 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1828 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1829 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1830 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1831
1832 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1833 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1834 Default to the URL around or before point.
1835
1836 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1837 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1838 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1839
1840 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1841 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1842 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1843 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1844
1845 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1846 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1847
1848 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1849 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1850 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1851
1852 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1853 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1854 Default to the URL around or before point.
1855
1856 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1857 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1858 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1859
1860 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1861 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1862
1863 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1864 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1865 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1866 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1867
1868 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1869 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1870 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1871 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1872 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1873
1874 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1875 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1876 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1877 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1878
1879 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1880 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1881 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1882 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1883
1884 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1885 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1886
1887 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1888 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1889 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1890
1891 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1892 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1893 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1894 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1895 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1896 current one.
1897
1898 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1899 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1900 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1901 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1902
1903 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1904 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1905
1906 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1907 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1908 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1909 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1910 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1911 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1912
1913 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1914 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1915 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1916
1917 ;;;***
1918 \f
1919 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15400
1920 ;;;;;; 1479))
1921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1922
1923 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1924 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1925
1926 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1927 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1928
1929 ;;;***
1930 \f
1931 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1932 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15371 46415))
1933 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1934
1935 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1936 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1937 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1938 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1939
1940 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1941 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1942 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1943 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1944
1945 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1946 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1947
1948 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1949 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1950 \\<bs-mode-map>
1951 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1952 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1953 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1954 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1955
1956 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1957 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1958 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1959 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1960 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1961
1962 ;;;***
1963 \f
1964 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1965 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15425
1966 ;;;;;; 28360))
1967 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1968
1969 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1970 Keymap used by buttons.")
1971
1972 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1973 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1974 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1975
1976 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1977 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1978 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1979 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1980 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1981 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1982
1983 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1984 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1985 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
1986 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
1987
1988 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
1989 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
1990 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1991 specifying properties to add to the button.
1992 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
1993 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
1994 `define-button-type'.
1995
1996 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
1997
1998 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
1999 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2000 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2001 specifying properties to add to the button.
2002 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2003 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2004 `define-button-type'.
2005
2006 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2007
2008 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2009 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2010 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2011 specifying properties to add to the button.
2012 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2013 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2014 `define-button-type'.
2015
2016 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2017 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2018 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2019 `make-text-button'.
2020
2021 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2022
2023 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2024 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2025 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2026 specifying properties to add to the button.
2027 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2028 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2029 `define-button-type'.
2030
2031 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2032 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2033 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2034 `insert-text-button'.
2035
2036 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2037
2038 ;;;***
2039 \f
2040 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2041 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
2042 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
2043 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15596 5403))
2044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2045
2046 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2047 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2048 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2049
2050 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2051 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2052 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2053 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2054
2055 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2056 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2057 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2058 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2059
2060 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2061
2062 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2063 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2064
2065 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2066 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2067 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2068 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2069 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2070
2071 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2072 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2073 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2074 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2075
2076 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2077 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2078 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2079
2080 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2081 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2082 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2083 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2084 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2085 all functions called by those functions.
2086
2087 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2088 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2089 cons, etc.).
2090
2091 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2092 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2093 invoked interactively." t nil)
2094
2095 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2096 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2097 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2098 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2099 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2100 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2101 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2102 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2103
2104 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2105 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2106 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2107 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2108
2109 ;;;***
2110 \f
2111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15371 46418))
2112 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2113
2114 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2115
2116 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2117
2118 ;;;***
2119 \f
2120 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2121 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
2122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2123
2124 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2125 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2126 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2127 from the cursor position." t nil)
2128
2129 ;;;***
2130 \f
2131 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2132 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2133 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15464
2134 ;;;;;; 26324))
2135 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2136
2137 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2138 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2139
2140 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2141 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2142
2143 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2144 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2145 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2146 If nil, use original installation directory.
2147 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2148
2149 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2150 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2151
2152 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2153 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2154
2155 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2156 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2157 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2158
2159 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2160 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2161
2162 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2163 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2164
2165 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2166 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2169 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2170
2171 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2172 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2173 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2174 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2175
2176 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2177 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2178 This is most useful in the X window system.
2179 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2180 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2181
2182 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2183 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2184 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2185
2186 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2187 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2190 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2193 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2194
2195 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2196 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2197 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2198
2199 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2200
2201 ;;;***
2202 \f
2203 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2204 ;;;;;; (15483 59373))
2205 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2206
2207 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2208 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2209
2210 ;;;***
2211 \f
2212 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15457
2213 ;;;;;; 4931))
2214 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2215
2216 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2217 Run the Emacs calculator.
2218 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2219
2220 ;;;***
2221 \f
2222 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2223 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2224 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2225 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2226 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2227 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2228 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2229 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2230 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2231 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2232 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2233 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2234 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2235 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2236 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2237 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2238 ;;;;;; (15445 63197))
2239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2240
2241 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2242 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2243 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2244
2245 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2246 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2247 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2248 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2249 the screen.")
2250
2251 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2252 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2253 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2254 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2255 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2256
2257 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2258 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2259 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2260 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2261 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2262 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2263 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2264
2265 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2266 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2267 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2268 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2269 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2270
2271 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2272 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2273 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2274
2275 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2276 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2277 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2278
2279 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2280 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2281 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2282
2283 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2284 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2285 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2286 displayed.")
2287
2288 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2289 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2290 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2291
2292 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2293 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2294 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2295
2296 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2297
2298 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2299 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2300 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2301
2302 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2303 calendar.")
2304
2305 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2306 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2307 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2308
2309 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2310 calendar.")
2311
2312 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2313 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2314 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2315
2316 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2317 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2318 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2319 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2320 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2321
2322 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2323 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2324 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2325 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2326 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2327 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2328 a function is also provided for this:
2329 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2330
2331 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2332 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2333 date is not visible in the window.
2334
2335 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2336 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2337 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2338
2339 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2340 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2341
2342 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2343 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2344 date is visible in the window.
2345
2346 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2347 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2348 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2349
2350 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2351 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2352
2353 For example,
2354
2355 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2356
2357 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2358
2359 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2360 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2361
2362 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2363
2364 MONTH/DAY
2365 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2366 MONTHNAME DAY
2367 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2368 DAYNAME
2369
2370 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2371 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2372 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2373 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2374 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2375 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2376 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2377 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2378 respectively.
2379
2380 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2381 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2382 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2383
2384 DAY/MONTH
2385 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2386 DAY MONTHNAME
2387 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2388 DAYNAME
2389
2390 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2391 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2392
2393 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2394 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2395 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2396 window but will appear in a diary window.
2397
2398 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2399 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2400
2401 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2402 entries (in the default American style):
2403
2404 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2405 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2406 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2407 21: Payday
2408 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2409 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2410 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2411 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2412 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2413 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2414 &* 15 time cards due.
2415
2416 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2417 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2418 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2419 single diary entry
2420
2421 02/11/1989
2422 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2423 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2424 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2425 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2426 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2427 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2428
2429 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2430 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2431 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2432
2433 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2434
2435 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2436
2437 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2438 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2439 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2440 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2441 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2442 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2443 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2444 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2445 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2446
2447 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2448 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2449 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2450 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2451 for these functions for details.
2452
2453 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2454 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2455
2456 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2457 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2458
2459 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2460 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2461
2462 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2463 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2464
2465 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2466 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2467 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2468
2469 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2470 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2471 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2472
2473 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2474 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2475 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2476 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2477
2478 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2479 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2480 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2481 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2482
2483 DAY/MONTH
2484 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2485 DAY MONTHNAME
2486 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2487 DAYNAME
2488
2489 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2490 characters with or without a period.")
2491
2492 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2493 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2494 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2495
2496 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2497 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2498 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2499
2500 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2501 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2502 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2503
2504 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2505 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2506 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2507
2508 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2509 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2510 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2511 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2512 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2513 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2514
2515 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2516 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2517 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2518
2519 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2520 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2521 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2522 of the form
2523
2524 #include \"filename\"
2525
2526 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2527 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2528 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2529 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2530 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2531
2532 For example, you could use
2533
2534 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2535 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2536 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2537
2538 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2539 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2540 lexicographic order.")
2541
2542 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2543 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2544 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2545
2546 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2547 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2548 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2549 diary display.
2550
2551 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2552 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2553 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2554 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2555 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2556 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2557 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2558
2559 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2560 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2561 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2562 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2563 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2564 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2565 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2566 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2567
2568 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2569 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2570 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2571 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2572 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2573 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2574
2575 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2576 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2577
2578 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2579 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2580 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2581 of the form
2582 #include \"filename\"
2583 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2584 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2585 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2586 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2587 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2588
2589 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2590 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2591 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2592 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2593 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2594 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2595
2596 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2597 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2598 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2599 are holidays.")
2600
2601 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2602 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2603 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2604 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2605 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2606
2607 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2608
2609 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2610 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2611 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2612
2613 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2614
2615 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2616 *Oriental holidays.
2617 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2618
2619 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2620
2621 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2622 *Local holidays.
2623 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2624
2625 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2626
2627 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2628 *User defined holidays.
2629 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2630
2631 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2632
2633 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2634
2635 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2636
2637 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2638
2639 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2640
2641 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2642
2643 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2644
2645 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2646
2647 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2648
2649 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2650 *Jewish holidays.
2651 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2652
2653 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2654
2655 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2656 *Christian holidays.
2657 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2658
2659 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2660
2661 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2662 *Islamic holidays.
2663 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2664
2665 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2666
2667 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2668 *Sun-related holidays.
2669 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2670
2671 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2672
2673 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2674 The frame set up of the calendar.
2675 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2676 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2677 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2678 any other value the current frame is used.")
2679
2680 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2681 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2682 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2683
2684 ;;;***
2685 \f
2686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15371 46426))
2687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2688
2689 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2690 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2691
2692 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2693 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2694
2695 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2696 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2697
2698 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2699 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2700
2701 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2702 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2703
2704 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2705 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2706
2707 ;;;***
2708 \f
2709 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2710 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2711 ;;;;;; (15417 7450))
2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2713
2714 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2715
2716 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2717 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2718 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2719 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2720 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2721 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2722
2723 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2724
2725 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2726 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2727 run first.
2728
2729 Key bindings:
2730 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2731
2732 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2733 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2734 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2735 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2736 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2737 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2738 message.
2739
2740 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2741
2742 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2743 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2744 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2745
2746 Key bindings:
2747 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2748
2749 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2750 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2751 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2752 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2753 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2754 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2755 message.
2756
2757 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2758
2759 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2760 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2761 is run first.
2762
2763 Key bindings:
2764 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2765
2766 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2767 Major mode for editing Java code.
2768 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2769 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2770 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2771 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2772 message.
2773
2774 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2775
2776 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2777 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2778 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2779 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2780 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2781
2782 Key bindings:
2783 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2784
2785 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2786 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2787 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2788 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2789 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2790 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2791 message.
2792
2793 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2794
2795 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2796 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2797 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2798
2799 Key bindings:
2800 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2801
2802 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2803 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2804 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2805 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2806 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2807 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2808 message.
2809
2810 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2811
2812 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2813 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2814 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2815
2816 Key bindings:
2817 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2818
2819 ;;;***
2820 \f
2821 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2822 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15371 46426))
2823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2824
2825 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2826 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2827 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2828 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2829 for details of setting up styles.
2830
2831 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2832 style name.
2833
2834 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2835 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2836 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2837 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2838 will be reassigned.
2839
2840 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2841 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2842 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2843
2844 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2845 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2846 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2847 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2848
2849 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2850
2851 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2852 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2853 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2854
2855 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2856 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2857 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2858 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2859 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2860
2861 ;;;***
2862 \f
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15427 61508))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2865
2866 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2867 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2868 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2869 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2870 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2871
2872 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2873 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2874
2875 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2876 `infodock'.")
2877
2878 ;;;***
2879 \f
2880 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2881 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2882 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
2883 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2884
2885 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2886 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2887
2888 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2889 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2890
2891 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2892 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2893
2894 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2895 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2896 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2897 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2898 execution.
2899
2900 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2901
2902 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2903 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2904
2905 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2906 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2907 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2908 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2909
2910 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2911 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2912 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2913 `write' commands.
2914
2915 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2916 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2917 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2918 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2919
2920 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2921 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2922 semantics.
2923
2924 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2925
2926 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2927
2928 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2929
2930 STATEMENT :=
2931 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2932 | TRANSLATE | END
2933
2934 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2935 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2936 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2937 | integer
2938
2939 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2940
2941 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2942 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2943 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2944
2945 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2946 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2947 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2948
2949 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2950 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2951
2952 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2953 BREAK := (break)
2954
2955 REPEAT :=
2956 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2957 (repeat)
2958 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2959 ;; (repeat))
2960 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2961 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2962 ;; (read REG)
2963 ;; (repeat))
2964 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2965 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2966 ;; (read REG)
2967 ;; (repeat))
2968 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2969
2970 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2971 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2972 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2973 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2974 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2975 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2976 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2977 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2978 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2979 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2980 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2981 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2982 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2983 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2984 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2985 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2986
2987 WRITE :=
2988 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2989 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2990 ;; representation.
2991 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2992 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2993 ;; (write r7))
2994 | (write EXPRESSION)
2995 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2996 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2997 ;; representation.
2998 | (write integer)
2999 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3000 ;; buffer.
3001 | (write string)
3002 ;; Same as: (write string)
3003 | string
3004 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3005 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3006 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3007 ;; representation.
3008 | (write REG ARRAY)
3009 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3010 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3011 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3012 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3013 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3014 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3015
3016 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3017 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3018
3019 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3020 END := (end)
3021
3022 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3023 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3024 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3025
3026 ARG := REG | integer
3027
3028 OPERATOR :=
3029 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3030 + | - | * | / | %
3031
3032 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3033 | & | `|' | ^
3034
3035 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3036 | << | >>
3037
3038 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3039 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3040 | <8
3041
3042 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3043 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3044 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3045 | >8
3046
3047 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3048 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3049 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3050 | //
3051
3052 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3053 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3054
3055 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3056 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3057 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3058 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3059 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3060 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3061 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3062 | de-sjis
3063
3064 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3065 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3066 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3067 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3068 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3069 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3070 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3071 ;; byte of SJIS.
3072 | en-sjis
3073
3074 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3075 ;; Same meaning as C code
3076 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3077
3078 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3079 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3080 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3081 | <8=
3082
3083 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3084 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3085 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3086
3087 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3088 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3089 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3090 | //=
3091
3092 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3093
3094
3095 TRANSLATE :=
3096 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3097 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3098 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3099 MAP :=
3100 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3101 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3102 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3103 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3104 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3105 MAP-ID := integer
3106 " nil (quote macro))
3107
3108 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3109 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3110 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3111 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3112 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3113 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3114
3115 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3116 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3117 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3118
3119 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3120
3121 ;;;***
3122 \f
3123 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3124 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3125 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3126 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3127 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3128 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3129 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3130 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3131 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3133
3134 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3135 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3136 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3137 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3138
3139 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3140 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3141 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3142 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3143 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3144 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3145 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3146 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3147
3148 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3149 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3150 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3151 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3152 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3153 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3154 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3155 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3156
3157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3158 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3159 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3160 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3161 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3162
3163 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3164 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3165 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3166 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3167 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3168
3169 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3170 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3171 Only documentation strings are checked.
3172 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3173 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3174 a separate buffer." t nil)
3175
3176 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3177 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3178 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3179 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3180 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3181
3182 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3183 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3184 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3185 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3186 if there is one." t nil)
3187
3188 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3189 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3190 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3191 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3192 if there is one.
3193 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3194
3195 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3196 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3197 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3198
3199 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3200 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3201 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3202 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3203 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3204
3205 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3206 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3207 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3208 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3209 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3210 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3211
3212 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3213 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3214 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3215 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3216
3217 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3218 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3219 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3220 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3221
3222 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3223 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3224 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3225 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3226
3227 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3228 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3229 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3230 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3231
3232 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3233 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3234 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3235 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3236
3237 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3238 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3239 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3240 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3241
3242 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3243 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3244 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3245 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3246
3247 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3248 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3249 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3250 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3251
3252 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3253 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3254 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3255 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3256
3257 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3258 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3259 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3260
3261 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3262 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3263 checking of documentation strings.
3264
3265 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3266
3267 ;;;***
3268 \f
3269 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3270 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3271 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (15615 15524))
3272 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3273
3274 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3275 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3276 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3277
3278 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3279 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3280
3281 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3282 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3283 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3284
3285 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3286 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3287
3288 (autoload (quote post-read-decode-hz) "china-util" nil nil nil)
3289
3290 (autoload (quote pre-write-encode-hz) "china-util" nil nil nil)
3291
3292 ;;;***
3293 \f
3294 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3295 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15371 46415))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3297
3298 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3299 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3300 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3301 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3302 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3303 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3304
3305 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3306 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3307 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3308 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3309 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3310
3311 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3312
3313 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3314 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3315 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3316 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3317 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3318
3319 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3320 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3321 \\{command-history-map}
3322
3323 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3324 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3325
3326 ;;;***
3327 \f
3328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15391 60525))
3329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3330
3331 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3332 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3333 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3334 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3335 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3336 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3337
3338 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3339 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3340
3341 ;;;***
3342 \f
3343 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3344 ;;;;;; (15417 7413))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3346
3347 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3348
3349 ;;;***
3350 \f
3351 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3352 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
3353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3354
3355 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3356 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3357 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3358 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3359
3360 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3361 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3362 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3363
3364 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3365 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3366
3367 ;;;***
3368 \f
3369 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15400
3370 ;;;;;; 1471))
3371 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3372
3373 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3374 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3375 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3376 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3377 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3378 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3379 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3380 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3381
3382 ;;;***
3383 \f
3384 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
3385 ;;;;;; (15588 59293))
3386 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3387
3388 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3389 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially." t nil)
3390
3391 ;;;***
3392 \f
3393 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3394 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3395 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3396 ;;;;;; (15482 42811))
3397 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3398
3399 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3400 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3401 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3402 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3403 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3404 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3405 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3406 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3407
3408 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3409
3410 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3411 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3412 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3413 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3414 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3415 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3416 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3417 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3418
3419 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3420
3421 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3422 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3423 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3424 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3425 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3426 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3427
3428 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3429 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3430 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3431
3432 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3433
3434 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3435 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3436 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3437
3438 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3439
3440 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3441 Send COMMAND to current process.
3442 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3443 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3444
3445 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3446 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3447 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3448 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3449
3450 ;;;***
3451 \f
3452 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15371
3453 ;;;;;; 46415))
3454 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3455
3456 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3457 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3458 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3459 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3460
3461 This command pushes the mark in each window
3462 at the prior location of point in that window.
3463 If both windows display the same buffer,
3464 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3465 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3466
3467 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3468 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3469 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3470
3471 ;;;***
3472 \f
3473 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3474 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3475 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3476 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15464 26331))
3477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3478
3479 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3480 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3481
3482 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3483 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3484
3485 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3486 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3487 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3488 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3489 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3490
3491 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3492 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3493 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3494 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3495 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3496
3497 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3498 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3499 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3500 describing how the process finished.")
3501
3502 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3503 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3504 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3505 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3506
3507 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3508 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3509 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3510
3511 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3512 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3513 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3514 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3515
3516 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3517 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3518 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3519 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3520
3521 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3522 and move to the source code that caused it.
3523
3524 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3525 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3526
3527 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3528 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3529 Then start the next one.
3530
3531 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3532 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3533 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3534
3535 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3536 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3537 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3538 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3539 where grep found matches.
3540
3541 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3542 easily repeat a grep command.
3543
3544 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3545 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3546 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3547 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3548
3549 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3550 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3551 Collect output in a buffer.
3552 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3553 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3554
3555 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3556 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3557
3558 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3559 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3560 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3561 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3562 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3563
3564 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3565
3566 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3567 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3568 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3569 See `compilation-mode'.
3570 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3571
3572 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3573 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3574 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3575 See `compilation-mode'.
3576 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3577
3578 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3579 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3580
3581 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3582 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3583
3584 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3585 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3586 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3587 and start at the first error.
3588
3589 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3590 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3591 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3592 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3593 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3594 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3595
3596 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3597 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3598 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3599
3600 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3601 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3602 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3603
3604 ;;;***
3605 \f
3606 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3607 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3609
3610 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3611 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3612 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3614 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3615
3616 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3617
3618 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3619
3620 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3621 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3622 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3623
3624 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3625 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3626 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3627 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3628
3629 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3630 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3631 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3632 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3633
3634 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3635 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3636 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3637 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3638
3639 ;;;***
3640 \f
3641 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3642 ;;;;;; (15400 1471))
3643 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3644
3645 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3646 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3647
3648 ;;;***
3649 \f
3650 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3651 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3652 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3653 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3654 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3655
3656 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3657 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3658 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3659 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3660 `make-composition'.
3661
3662 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3663
3664 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3665 | | 1:tc or top-center
3666 | | 2:tr or top-right
3667 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3668 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3669 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3670 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3671 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3672 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3673
3674 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3675 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3676 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3677 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3678 be added.
3679
3680 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3681 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3682 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3683
3684 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3685 | | |
3686 | global| |
3687 | glyph | |
3688 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3689 +----+--*--+
3690 | | new |
3691 | |glyph|
3692 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3693 ")
3694
3695 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3696 Compose characters in the current region.
3697
3698 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3699
3700 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3701 specifying the region.
3702
3703 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3704 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3705
3706 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3707 of the text in the region.
3708
3709 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3710
3711 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3712 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3713 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3714 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3715
3716 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3717 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3718 detail.
3719
3720 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3721 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3722 text in the composition." t nil)
3723
3724 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3725 Decompose text in the current region.
3726
3727 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3728 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3729
3730 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3731 Compose characters in string STRING.
3732
3733 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3734 the characters in it.
3735
3736 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3737 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3738 STRING respectively.
3739
3740 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3741 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3742 `compose-region' for more detail.
3743
3744 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3745 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3746 text in the composition." nil nil)
3747
3748 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3749 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3750
3751 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3752 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3753 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3754 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3755 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3756 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3757 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3758 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3759
3760 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3761 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3762
3763 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3764 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3765
3766 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3767 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3768
3769 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3770 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3771
3772 If no composition is found, return nil.
3773
3774 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3775 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3776
3777 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3778 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3779 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3780
3781 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3782
3783 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3784
3785 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3786 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3787 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3788
3789 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3790
3791 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3792
3793 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3794 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3795
3796 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3797 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3798 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3799 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3800 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3801 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3802 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3803 nil.
3804
3805 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3806 is:
3807 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3808 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3809
3810 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3811
3812 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3813 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3814
3815 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3816
3817 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3818 Compose last characters.
3819 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3820 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3821 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3822 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3823 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3824 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3825 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3826 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3827 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3828 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3829 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3830
3831 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3832 Convert CHAR to string.
3833 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3834
3835 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3836 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3837 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3838
3839 ;;;***
3840 \f
3841 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3842 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15391 60712))
3843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3844
3845 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3846 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3847 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3848 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3849
3850 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3851 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3852 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3853 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3854
3855 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3856 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3857 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3858 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3859
3860 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3861 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3862
3863 ;;;***
3864 \f
3865 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3866 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3868
3869 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3870 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3871 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3872 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3873 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3874 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3877 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3878
3879 ;;;***
3880 \f
3881 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3882 ;;;;;; (15427 61508))
3883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3884
3885 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3886 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3887 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3888 Tab indents for Perl code.
3889 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3890 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3891
3892 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3893 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3894 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3895 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3896 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3897 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3898 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3899 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3900 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3901 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3902 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3903 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3904
3905 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3906
3907 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3908 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3909
3910 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3911
3912 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3913 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3914 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3915 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3916 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3917 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3918 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3919 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3920 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3921
3922 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3923
3924 bite if angry;
3925
3926 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3927 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3928 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3929 to nil.)
3930
3931 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3932 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3933 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3934
3935 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3936
3937 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3938 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3939 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3940 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3941 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3942
3943 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3944
3945 if (A) { B }
3946
3947 into
3948
3949 B if A;
3950
3951 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3952
3953 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3954 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3955 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3956 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3957 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3958 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3959 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3960 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3961 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3962 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3963 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3964 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3965 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3966
3967 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3968 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3969 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3970 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3971 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3972 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3973
3974 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3975 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3976 man via menu.
3977
3978 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3979 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3980 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3981 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3982 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3983
3984 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3985 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3986 span the needed amount of lines.
3987
3988 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3989 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3990 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3991 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3992
3993 Variables controlling indentation style:
3994 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3995 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3996 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3997 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3998 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3999 `cperl-auto-newline'
4000 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4001 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4002 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4003 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4004 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4005 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4006 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4007 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4008 `cperl-indent-level'
4009 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4010 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4011 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4012 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4013 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4014 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4015 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4016 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4017 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4018 `cperl-brace-offset'
4019 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4020 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4021 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4022 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4023 `cperl-label-offset'
4024 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4025 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4026 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4027
4028 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4029 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4030 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4031 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4032 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4033
4034 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4035 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4036 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4037 \(both available from menu).
4038
4039 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4040 column 0 is indented on
4041 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4042
4043 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4044 with no args.
4045
4046 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4047 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4048 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4049
4050 ;;;***
4051 \f
4052 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4053 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
4054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4055
4056 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4057 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4058 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4059 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4060 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4061
4062 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4063 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4064
4065 ;;;***
4066 \f
4067 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4068 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
4069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4070
4071 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4072 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4073 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4074 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4075
4076 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4077 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4078
4079 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4080
4081 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4082
4083 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4084 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4085 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4086
4087 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4088
4089 ;;;***
4090 \f
4091 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4092 ;;;;;; (15391 60525))
4093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4094
4095 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4096 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4097 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4098 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4099
4100 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4101 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4102 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4103 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4104
4105 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4106 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4107 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4108
4109 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4110 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4111 'bob', and 'eve'.
4112
4113 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4114 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4115 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4116
4117 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4118
4119 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4120 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4121 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4122
4123 ;;;***
4124 \f
4125 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-mark-as-set
4126 ;;;;;; customize-mark-to-save custom-save-all customize-save-customized
4127 ;;;;;; custom-file custom-load-symbol customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4128 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4129 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4130 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4131 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4132 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4133 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4134 ;;;;;; (15480 44801))
4135 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4136 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4137
4138 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4139 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4140
4141 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4142 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4143
4144 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4145 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4146
4147 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4148
4149 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4150 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4151 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4152
4153 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4154 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4155
4156 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4157 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4158
4159 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4160 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4161
4162 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4163 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4164
4165 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4166
4167 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4168 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4169 Return VALUE.
4170
4171 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4172 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4173
4174 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4175 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4176
4177 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4178 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4179
4180 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4181 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4182
4183 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4184
4185 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4186 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4187 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4188 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4189 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4190
4191 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4192 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4193
4194 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4195 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4196
4197 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4198
4199 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4200 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4201
4202 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4203 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4204 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4205 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4206 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4207
4208 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4209 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4210 version." t nil)
4211
4212 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4213
4214 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4215 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4216 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4217
4218 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4219 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4220 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4221
4222 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4223 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4224
4225 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4226 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4227
4228 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4229 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4230
4231 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4232 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4233 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4234 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4235 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4236 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4237 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4238
4239 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4240 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4241 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4242
4243 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4244 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4245
4246 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4247 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4248
4249 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4250 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4251 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4252 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4253 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4254 that option." nil nil)
4255
4256 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4257 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4258 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4259 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4260 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4261 that option." nil nil)
4262
4263 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4264 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4265
4266 (autoload (quote custom-load-symbol) "cus-edit" "\
4267 Load all dependencies for SYMBOL." nil nil)
4268
4269 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4270 File used for storing customization information.
4271 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4272 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4273 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4274
4275 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4276 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4277 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4278 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4279
4280 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4281 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4282
4283 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4284 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4285
4286 (autoload (quote customize-mark-to-save) "cus-edit" "\
4287 Mark SYMBOL for later saving.
4288
4289 If the default value of SYMBOL is different from the standard value,
4290 set the `saved-value' property to a list whose car evaluates to the
4291 default value. Otherwise, set it til nil.
4292
4293 To actually save the value, call `custom-save-all'.
4294
4295 Return non-nil iff the `saved-value' property actually changed." nil nil)
4296
4297 (autoload (quote customize-mark-as-set) "cus-edit" "\
4298 Mark current value of SYMBOL as being set from customize.
4299
4300 If the default value of SYMBOL is different from the saved value if any,
4301 or else if it is different from the standard value, set the
4302 `customized-value' property to a list whose car evaluates to the
4303 default value. Otherwise, set it til nil.
4304
4305 Return non-nil iff the `customized-value' property actually changed." nil nil)
4306
4307 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4308 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4309 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4310
4311 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4312 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4313 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4314 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4315 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4316
4317 ;;;***
4318 \f
4319 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4320 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15371 46415))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4322
4323 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4324 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4325
4326 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4327 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4328 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4329
4330 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4331
4332 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4333 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4334 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4335
4336 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4337
4338 ;;;***
4339 \f
4340 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4341 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
4342 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4343
4344 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4345 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4346
4347 ;;;***
4348 \f
4349 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4350 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15391 60713))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4352
4353 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4354 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4355
4356 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4357 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4358 C++ modes are included.
4359
4360 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4361
4362 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4363 Turn on CWarn mode.
4364
4365 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4366 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4367
4368 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4369 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4370
4371 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4372
4373 ;;;***
4374 \f
4375 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4376 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4377 ;;;;;; (15464 26330))
4378 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4379
4380 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4381 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4382
4383 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4384 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4385
4386 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4387 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4388 For readability, the table is slightly
4389 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4390
4391 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4392 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4393 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4394 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4395 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4396
4397 ;;;***
4398 \f
4399 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4400 ;;;;;; (15455 18398))
4401 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4402
4403 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4404
4405 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4406
4407 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4408 Completion on current word.
4409 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4410 and presents suggestions for completion.
4411
4412 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4413 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4414 completions.
4415
4416 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4417 then it searches *all* buffers.
4418
4419 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4420 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4421
4422 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4423 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4424
4425 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4426 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4427 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4428 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4429 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4430
4431 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4432 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4433
4434 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4435 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4436 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4437
4438 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4439 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4440
4441 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4442
4443 ;;;***
4444 \f
4445 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15391
4446 ;;;;;; 60713))
4447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4448
4449 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4450 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4451
4452 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4453 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4454 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4455
4456 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4457 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4458 Data lines are not indented.
4459
4460 Key bindings:
4461
4462 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4463 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4464
4465 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4466 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4467 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4468 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4469
4470 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4471
4472 dcl-basic-offset
4473 Extra indentation within blocks.
4474
4475 dcl-continuation-offset
4476 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4477
4478 dcl-margin-offset
4479 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4480
4481 dcl-margin-label-offset
4482 Indentation for a label.
4483
4484 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4485 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4486
4487 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4488 dcl-block-end-regexp
4489 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4490 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4491 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4492 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4493 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4494
4495 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4496 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4497 Two such functions are included in the package:
4498 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4499 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4500
4501 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4502 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4503 One such function is included in the package:
4504 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4505
4506 dcl-tab-always-indent
4507 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4508 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4509 margin.
4510
4511 dcl-electric-characters
4512 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4513 typed.
4514
4515 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4516 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4517 which words trigger electric indentation.
4518
4519 dcl-tempo-comma
4520 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4521 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4522 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4523
4524 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4525 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4526 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4527 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4528
4529 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4530 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4531 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4532 dcl-imenu-label-call
4533 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4534
4535 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4536 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4537 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4538 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4539
4540
4541 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4542
4543 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4544 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4545 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4546 $ i = 1
4547 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4548 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4549 $ label:
4550 $ if i.eq.1
4551 $ then
4552 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4553 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4554 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4555 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4556 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4557 \"lined up with the command line\"
4558 $ type sys$input
4559 Data lines are not indented at all.
4560 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4561 $ endif
4562 $
4563 " t nil)
4564
4565 ;;;***
4566 \f
4567 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4568 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15464 26327))
4569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4570
4571 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4572
4573 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4574 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4575 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4576 of the evaluator.
4577
4578 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4579 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4580 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4581
4582 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4583 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4584 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4585 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4586 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4587 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4588 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4589
4590 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4591 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4592 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4593
4594 ;;;***
4595 \f
4596 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4597 ;;;;;; (15400 1479))
4598 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4599
4600 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4601 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4602
4603 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4604 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4605 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4606 Upper-case letters are commands.
4607
4608 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4609 modify it.
4610
4611 The most useful commands are:
4612 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4613 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4614 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4615 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4616 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4617 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4618
4619 ;;;***
4620 \f
4621 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4622 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15371
4623 ;;;;;; 46415))
4624 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4625
4626 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4627 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4628
4629 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4630 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4631
4632 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4633
4634 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4635 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4636
4637 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4638
4639 ;;;***
4640 \f
4641 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15391
4642 ;;;;;; 60713))
4643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4644
4645 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4646 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4647 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4648 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4649 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4650 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4651
4652 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4653
4654 Customization:
4655
4656 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4657 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4658 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4659 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4660 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4661 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4662 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4663 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4664 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4665 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4666 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4667 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4668 blank line.
4669 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4670 Directories to search when finding external units.
4671 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4672 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4673
4674 Coloring:
4675
4676 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4677 Face used to color delphi comments.
4678 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4679 Face used to color delphi strings.
4680 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4681 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4682 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4683 Face used to color everything else.
4684
4685 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4686 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4687
4688 ;;;***
4689 \f
4690 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15371
4691 ;;;;;; 46415))
4692 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4693
4694 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4695
4696 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4697 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4698 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4700 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4701
4702 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4703
4704 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4705
4706 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4707 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4708 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4709 positive.
4710
4711 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4712 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4713 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4714 any selection." t nil)
4715
4716 ;;;***
4717 \f
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4719 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15400 1471))
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4721
4722 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4723 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4724
4725 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4726
4727 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4728 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4729 or nil if there is no parent.
4730 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4731 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4732 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4733 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4734 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4735
4736 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4737
4738 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4739
4740 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4741 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4742 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4743
4744 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4745 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4746
4747 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4748 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4749 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4750
4751 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4752 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4753
4754 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4755 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4756 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4757 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4758 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4759
4760 ;;;***
4761 \f
4762 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4763 ;;;;;; (15602 17998))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4765
4766 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4767 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4768 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4769
4770 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4771 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4772 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4773 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4774
4775 ;;;***
4776 \f
4777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15597
4778 ;;;;;; 8910))
4779 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4780
4781 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x0915-\x0939\x0958-\x095f]")
4782
4783 ;;;***
4784 \f
4785 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4786 ;;;;;; (15425 28362))
4787 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4788
4789 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4790 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4791 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4792 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4793 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4794
4795 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4796 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4797 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4798
4799 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4800 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4801 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4802 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4803
4804 #!/bin/sh
4805 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4806 emacs -batch \\
4807 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4808 european-calendar-style t \\
4809 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4810 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4811 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4812
4813 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4814 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4815 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4816 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4817
4818 ;;;***
4819 \f
4820 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4821 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15371 46416))
4822 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4823
4824 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4825 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4826
4827 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4828 *The command to use to run diff.")
4829
4830 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4831 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4832 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4833 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4834 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4835
4836 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4837 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4838 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4839 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4840 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4841
4842 ;;;***
4843 \f
4844 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4845 ;;;;;; (15417 7386))
4846 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4847
4848 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4849 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4850 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4851 normal diffs.
4852 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4853
4854 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4855 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4856 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4857
4858 ;;;***
4859 \f
4860 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4861 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4862 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4863 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4864 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15464 26323))
4865 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4866
4867 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4868 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4869 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4870 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4871 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
4872 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
4873 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
4874 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
4875
4876 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4877 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4878
4879 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4880 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4881 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4882 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4883 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4884
4885 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4886 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4887
4888 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4889 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4890 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4891 always set this variable to t.")
4892
4893 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4894 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4895 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4896 A value of t means move to first file.")
4897
4898 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4899 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4900 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4901 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4902 are afterward marked with that character.")
4903
4904 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4905 *Controls marking of copied files.
4906 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4907 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4908
4909 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4910 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4911 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4912 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4913
4914 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4915 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4916 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4917 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4918
4919 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4920 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4921 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4922 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4923
4924 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4925
4926 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4927 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4928 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4929 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4930
4931 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4932 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4933 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4934 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4935 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4936 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4937 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4938 list of files to make directory entries for.
4939 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4940 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4941 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4942 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4943
4944 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4945 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4946
4947 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4948 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4949 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4950
4951 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4952 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4953
4954 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4955 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4956
4957 ;;;***
4958 \f
4959 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4960 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4961 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4962 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4963 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4964 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4965 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4966 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4967 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4968 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4969 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4970 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4971 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15427 61500))
4972 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4973
4974 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4975 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4976 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4977 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
4978 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4979 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4980 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4981
4982 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4983 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4984 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4985 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4986 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4987 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4988
4989 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4990 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4991 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4992
4993 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4994 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4995
4996 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4997 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4998
4999 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5000 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5001 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5002 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5005 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5006 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5007 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5008 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5009
5010 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5011 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5012
5013 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5014 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5015 file name substituted for `?'.
5016
5017 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5018 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5019
5020 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5021 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5022 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5023 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5024
5025 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5026
5027 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5028 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5029 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5030
5031 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5032 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5033 in a subdir.
5034
5035 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5036 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5037
5038 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5039 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5040 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5041 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5042 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5043 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5044
5045 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5046
5047 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5048 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5049
5050 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5051 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5052
5053 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5054 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5055
5056 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5057 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5058 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5059 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5060
5061 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5062
5063 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5064
5065 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5066
5067 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5068
5069 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5070
5071 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5072 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5073
5074 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5075 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5076 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5077 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5078 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5079 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5080 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5081 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5082 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5083
5084 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5085 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5086 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5087 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5088 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5089 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5090 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5091 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5092
5093 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5094 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5095 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5096 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5097 and new hard links are made in that directory
5098 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5099 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5100 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5101
5102 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5103 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5104 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5105 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5106 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5107 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5108
5109 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5110 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5111
5112 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5113 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5114 file if none are marked.
5115
5116 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5117 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5118 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5119 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5120
5121 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5122 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5123
5124 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5125 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5126 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5127
5128 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5129 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5130 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5131
5132 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5133 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5134 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5135
5136 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5137 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5138
5139 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5140 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5141
5142 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5143 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5144 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5145 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5146 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5147 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5148 this subdirectory.
5149 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5150
5151 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5152 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5153 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5154 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5155 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5156 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5157 this subdirectory.
5158 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5159
5160 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5161 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5162 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5163
5164 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5165 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5166 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5167 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5168
5169 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5170 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5171 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5172 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5173
5174 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5175 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5176 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5177
5178 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5179 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5180
5181 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5182 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5183
5184 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5185 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5186 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5187 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5188
5189 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5190 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5191 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5192 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5193
5194 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5195 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5196 Stops when a match is found.
5197 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5198
5199 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5200 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5201 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5202 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5203 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5204
5205 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5206 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5207 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5208 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5209
5210 ;;;***
5211 \f
5212 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15425 28361))
5213 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5214
5215 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5216 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5217 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5218 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5219 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5220 buffer and try again." t nil)
5221
5222 ;;;***
5223 \f
5224 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15371 46416))
5225 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5226
5227 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5228 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5229 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5230
5231 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5232
5233 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5234 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5235
5236 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5237 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5238 " nil nil)
5239
5240 ;;;***
5241 \f
5242 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (15371
5243 ;;;;;; 46419))
5244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5245
5246 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5247 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5248 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5249 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5250 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5251 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5252
5253 ;;;***
5254 \f
5255 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5256 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5257 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5258 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5259 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15391 60508))
5260 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5261
5262 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5263 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5264
5265 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5266 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5267 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5268 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5269 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5270
5271 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5272 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5273 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5274 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5275 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5276
5277 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5278 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5279
5280 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5281 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5284 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5285
5286 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5287 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5288
5289 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5290 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5291
5292 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5293 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5294 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5295 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5296
5297 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5298 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5299 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5300 X frame." nil nil)
5301
5302 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5303 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5304
5305 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5306 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5307
5308 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5309 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5310
5311 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5312 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5313 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5314 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5315
5316 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5317 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5318 European character display.
5319
5320 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5321 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5322 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5323 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5324
5325 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5326 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5327 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5328 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5329 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5330
5331 ;;;***
5332 \f
5333 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5334 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
5335 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5336
5337 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5338 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5339 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5340 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5341 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5342 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5343 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5344 Default is 2." t nil)
5345
5346 ;;;***
5347 \f
5348 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15371 46425))
5349 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5350
5351 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5352 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5353
5354 ;;;***
5355 \f
5356 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5357 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5358 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5359
5360 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5361 Toggle Double mode.
5362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5363 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5364
5365 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5366
5367 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5368
5369 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5370 Toggle Double mode.
5371 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5372
5373 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5374 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5375
5376 ;;;***
5377 \f
5378 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15371 46425))
5379 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5380
5381 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5382 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5383
5384 ;;;***
5385 \f
5386 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5387 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
5388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5389
5390 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5391 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5392
5393 ;;;***
5394 \f
5395 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5396 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5397 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15417 7421))
5398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5399
5400 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5401
5402 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5403 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5404 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5405 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5406
5407 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5408 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5409 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5410 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5411 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5412 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5413 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5414 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5415 used (see below).
5416
5417 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5418 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5419 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5420 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5421 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5422 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5423 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5424 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5425 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5426
5427 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5428 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5429 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5430 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5431 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5432 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5433
5434 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5435 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5436 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5437 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5438 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5439 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5440 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5441
5442 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5443
5444 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5445 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5446 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5447
5448 ;;;***
5449 \f
5450 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5451 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15400
5452 ;;;;;; 1475))
5453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5454
5455 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5456
5457 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5458 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5459 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5460 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5461
5462 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5463 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5464
5465 :filter FUNCTION
5466
5467 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5468 menu displayed.
5469
5470 :visible INCLUDE
5471
5472 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5473 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5474
5475 :active ENABLE
5476
5477 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5478 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5479
5480 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5481
5482 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5483
5484 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5485
5486 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5487 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5488
5489 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5490 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5491
5492 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5493
5494 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5495
5496 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5497
5498 :keys KEYS
5499
5500 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5501 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5502 computed automatically.
5503 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5504
5505 :key-sequence KEYS
5506
5507 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5508 menu item.
5509 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5510 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5511 keyboard equivalent.
5512
5513 :active ENABLE
5514
5515 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5516 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5517
5518 :included INCLUDE
5519
5520 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5521 expression has a non-nil value.
5522
5523 :suffix FORM
5524
5525 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5526 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5527
5528 :style STYLE
5529
5530 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5531 defined:
5532
5533 toggle: A checkbox.
5534 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5535 radio: A radio button.
5536 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5537 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5538 menu bar itself.
5539 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5540
5541 :selected SELECTED
5542
5543 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5544 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5545
5546 :help HELP
5547
5548 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5549
5550 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5551 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5552 as a solid horizontal line.
5553
5554 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5555
5556 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5557
5558 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5559 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5560 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5561 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5562
5563 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5564 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5565 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5566 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5567 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5568 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5569
5570 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5571 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5572 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5573
5574 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5575 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5576
5577 ;;;***
5578 \f
5579 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5580 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5581 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5582 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5583 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15371 46426))
5584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5585
5586 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5587 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5588
5589 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5590 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5591
5592 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5593 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5594 it to the printer.
5595
5596 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5597 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5598 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5599 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5600
5601 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5602 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5603 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5604
5605 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5606 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5607 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5608 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5609
5610 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5611
5612 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5613 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5614 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5615
5616 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5617
5618 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5619 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5620
5621 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5622 The EPS file name has the following form:
5623
5624 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5625
5626 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5627 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5628
5629 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5630 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5631 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5632 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5633
5634 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5635
5636 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5637 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5638
5639 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5640 The EPS file name has the following form:
5641
5642 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5643
5644 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5645 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5646
5647 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5648 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5649 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5650 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5651
5652 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5653
5654 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5655
5656 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5657 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5658
5659 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5660 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5661
5662 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5663 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5664
5665 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5666 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5667
5668 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5669 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5670
5671 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5672 Set STYLE to current style.
5673
5674 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5675
5676 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5677 Reset current style.
5678
5679 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5680
5681 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5682 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5683
5684 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5685
5686 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5687 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5688
5689 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5690
5691 ;;;***
5692 \f
5693 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5694 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5695 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5696 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5697 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5698 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15427 61508))
5699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5700
5701 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5702 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5703 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5704 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5705 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5706 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5707
5708 Tree mode key bindings:
5709 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5710
5711 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5712 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5713
5714 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5715 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5716 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5717 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5718 completion." t nil)
5719
5720 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5721 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5722 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5723 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5724
5725 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5726 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5727 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5728
5729 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5730 Search for call sites of a member.
5731 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5732 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5733 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5734 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5737 Move backward in the position stack.
5738 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5739
5740 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5741 Move forward in the position stack.
5742 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5743
5744 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5745 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5746
5747 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5748 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5749
5750 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5751 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5752 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5753 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5754
5755 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5756 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5757
5758 ;;;***
5759 \f
5760 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5761 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5762 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5763
5764 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5765 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5766 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5767 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5768
5769 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5770 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5771 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5772
5773 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5774 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5775 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5776
5777 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5778
5779 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5780
5781 ;;;***
5782 \f
5783 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5784 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15371 46415))
5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5786
5787 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5788 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5789 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5790
5791 ;;;***
5792 \f
5793 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5794 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15371 46419))
5795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5796
5797 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5798 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5799 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5800 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5801 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5802
5803 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5804 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5805 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5806 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5807
5808 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5809 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5810 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5811 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5812
5813 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5814 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5815 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5816 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5817
5818 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5819
5820 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5821 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5822 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5823 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5824 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5825
5826 ;;;***
5827 \f
5828 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5829 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5830 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5831 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5832 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5833 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5834 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5835 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5836 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5837 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15427 61501))
5838 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5839
5840 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5841 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5842
5843 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5844 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5845
5846 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5847
5848 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5849
5850 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5851 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5852
5853 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5854
5855 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5856 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5857
5858 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5859
5860 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5861 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5862 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5863 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5864
5865 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5866
5867 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5868 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5869 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5870 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5871
5872 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5873
5874 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5875 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5876 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5877 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5878
5879 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5880
5881 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5882 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5883 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5884 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5885
5886 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5887
5888 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5889 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5890 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5891 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5892 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5893 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5894
5895 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5896 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5897 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5898 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5899
5900 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5901
5902 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5903 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5904 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5905 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5906
5907 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5908
5909 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5910
5911 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5912 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5913 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5914 follows:
5915 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5916 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5917
5918 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5919 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5920 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5921 follows:
5922 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5923 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5924
5925 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5926 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
5927 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
5928 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
5929 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
5930 region.
5931 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5932 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5933
5934 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5935 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
5936 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
5937 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
5938 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
5939 region.
5940 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5941 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5942 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5943
5944 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5945
5946 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5947 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5948
5949 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5950 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5951
5952 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5953
5954 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5955 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5956
5957 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5958 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5959
5960 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5961 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5962 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5963 buffer." t nil)
5964
5965 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5966 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5967 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5968 buffer." t nil)
5969
5970 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5971 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5972 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5973 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5974
5975 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5976 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5977 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5978 and don't ask the user.
5979 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5980 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5981
5982 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5983 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5984 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5985 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5986 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5987 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5988
5989 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5990
5991 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5992
5993 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5994 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5995 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5996 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5997 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5998
5999 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6000
6001 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6002 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6003 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6004
6005 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6006 Display Ediff's manual.
6007 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6008
6009 ;;;***
6010 \f
6011 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6012 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6014
6015 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6016
6017 ;;;***
6018 \f
6019 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6020 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
6021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6022
6023 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6024 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6025
6026 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6027
6028 ;;;***
6029 \f
6030 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6031 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15464 26323))
6032 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6033
6034 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6035 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6036 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6037 which see." t nil)
6038
6039 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6040 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6041 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6042 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6043
6044 ;;;***
6045 \f
6046 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6047 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6048 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6049 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6050 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6051
6052 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6053 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6054 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6055
6056 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6057 Edit a keyboard macro.
6058 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6059 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6060 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6061 its command name.
6062 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6063
6064 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6065 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6066
6067 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6068 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6069
6070 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6071 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6072 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6073 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6074 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6075 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6076
6077 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6078 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6079 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6080 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6081
6082 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6083 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6084 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6085 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6086 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6087 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6088
6089 ;;;***
6090 \f
6091 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6092 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15427 61507))
6093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6094
6095 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6096 Set scroll margins.
6097 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6098 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6099
6100 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6101 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6102
6103 ;;;***
6104 \f
6105 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6106 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6107 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6108
6109 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6110 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6111 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6112 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6113 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6114 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6115 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6116 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6117
6118 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6119 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6120
6121 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6122 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6123 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6124 this value is non-nil.
6125
6126 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6127 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6128 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6129
6130 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6131 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6132 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6133
6134 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6135
6136 ;;;***
6137 \f
6138 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6139 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15425 28363))
6140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6141
6142 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6143 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6144
6145 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6146 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6147 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6148
6149 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6150 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6151 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6152 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6153 from the documentation string if possible.
6154
6155 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6156 instead.
6157
6158 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6159
6160 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6161 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6162
6163 ;;;***
6164 \f
6165 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15371
6166 ;;;;;; 46415))
6167 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6168
6169 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6170 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6171
6172 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6173 an elided material again.
6174
6175 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6176
6177 ;;;***
6178 \f
6179 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6180 ;;;;;; (15417 7421))
6181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6182
6183 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6184 Initialize elint." t nil)
6185
6186 ;;;***
6187 \f
6188 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6189 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15417
6190 ;;;;;; 7421))
6191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6192
6193 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6194 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6195 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6196
6197 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6198 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6199 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6200
6201 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6202 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6203 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6204
6205 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6206
6207 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6208 Display current profiling results.
6209 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6210 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6211 displayed." t nil)
6212
6213 ;;;***
6214 \f
6215 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6216 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
6217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6218
6219 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6220 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6221 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6222
6223 ;;;***
6224 \f
6225 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6226 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6227 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6228 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6229 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15417 7388))
6230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6231
6232 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6233
6234 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6235
6236 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6237
6238 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6239
6240 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6241
6242 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6243
6244 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6245
6246 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6247
6248 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6249
6250 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6251 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6252
6253 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6254 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6255
6256 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6257 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6258
6259 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6260 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6261
6262 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6263
6264 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6265
6266 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6267
6268 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6269
6270 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6271 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6272
6273 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6274 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6275
6276 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6277
6278 ;;;***
6279 \f
6280 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6281 ;;;;;; (15602 6015))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6283
6284 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6285 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6286 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6288 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6289
6290 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6291
6292 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6293
6294 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6295 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6296 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6297
6298 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6299 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6300 automatically.
6301
6302 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6303 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6304 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6305
6306 ;;;***
6307 \f
6308 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6309 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15425 28361))
6310 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6311
6312 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6313 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6314 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6315 text/enriched format.
6316 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6317
6318 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6319 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6320
6321 Commands:
6322
6323 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6324
6325 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6326
6327 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6328
6329 ;;;***
6330 \f
6331 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15486
6332 ;;;;;; 57849))
6333 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6334
6335 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6336 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6337
6338 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6339
6340 ;;;***
6341 \f
6342 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
6343 ;;;;;; 10698))
6344 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6345
6346 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6347 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6348
6349 ;;;***
6350 \f
6351 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6352 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15470 1515))
6353 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6354
6355 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6356 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6357 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6358 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6359 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6360 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix
6361 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6362
6363 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6364 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6365 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6366
6367 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6368 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6369 The result might be any Lisp object.
6370 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6371 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6372 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6373
6374 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6375 Report a bug in Eshell.
6376 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6377 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6378
6379 ;;;***
6380 \f
6381 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6382 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6383 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6384 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6385 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6386 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6387 ;;;;;; (15478 29165))
6388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6389
6390 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6391 *File name of tags table.
6392 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6393 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6394 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6395 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6396
6397 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6398 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6399 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6400 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6401
6402 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6403 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6404 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6405 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6406 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6407 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6408
6409 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6410 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6411 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6412 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6413 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6414 `auto-compression-mode').")
6415
6416 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6417 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6418 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6419 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6420 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6421
6422 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6423 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6424 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6425 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6426
6427 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6428 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6429 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6430 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6431 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6432
6433 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6434 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6435 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6436 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6437
6438 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6439 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6440 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6441 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6442 file the tag was in." t nil)
6443
6444 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6445 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6446 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6447 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6448 without directory names." nil nil)
6449
6450 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6451 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6452 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6453 but does not select the buffer.
6454 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6455
6456 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6457 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6458 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6459 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6460 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6461
6462 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6463
6464 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6465 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6466 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6467
6468 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6469
6470 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6471 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6472 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6473 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6474
6475 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6476 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6477 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6478 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6479 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6480
6481 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6482
6483 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6484 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6485 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6486
6487 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6488 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6489
6490 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6491 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6492 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6493 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6494 around or before point.
6495
6496 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6497 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6498 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6499 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6500 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6501
6502 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6503
6504 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6505 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6506 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6507
6508 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6509 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6510
6511 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6512 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6513 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6514 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6515 around or before point.
6516
6517 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6518 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6519 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6520 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6521 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6522
6523 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6524
6525 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6526 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6527 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6528
6529 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6530 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6531
6532 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6533 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6534 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6535
6536 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6537 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6538 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6539 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6540 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6541
6542 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6543
6544 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6545 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6546 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6547
6548 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6549 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6550 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6551
6552 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6553 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6554
6555 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6556 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6557 where they were found." t nil)
6558
6559 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6560 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6561
6562 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6563 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6564 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6565
6566 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6567 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6568
6569 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6570 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6571
6572 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6573 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6574 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6575 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6576
6577 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6578 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6579 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6580 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6581 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6582 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6583
6584 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6585 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6586 Stops when a match is found.
6587 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6588
6589 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6590
6591 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6592 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6593 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6594 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6595 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6596
6597 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6598
6599 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6600 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6601 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6602 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6603 directory specification." t nil)
6604
6605 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6606 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6607
6608 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6609 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6610 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6611 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6612
6613 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6614 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6615 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6616 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6617 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6618
6619 ;;;***
6620 \f
6621 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6622 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6623 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6624 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6625 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6626 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6627 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6628 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15400 1477))
6629 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6630
6631 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6632
6633 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6634 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6635 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6636 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6637
6638 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6639 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6640 language.
6641
6642 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6643 even if the buffer is read-only.
6644
6645 See also the descriptions of the variables
6646 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6647 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6648
6649 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6650 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6651
6652 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6653 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6654
6655 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6656 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6657 language.
6658
6659 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6660 buffer is read-only.
6661
6662 See also the descriptions of the variables
6663 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6664 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6665
6666 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6667 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6668 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6669
6670 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6671 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6672
6673 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6674 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6675
6676 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6677 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6678
6679 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6680 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6681 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6682 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6683
6684 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6685 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6686 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6687 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6688
6689 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6690 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6691 the primary language.
6692
6693 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6694 buffer is read-only.
6695
6696 See also the descriptions of the variables
6697 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6698 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6699
6700 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6701 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6702 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6703 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6704
6705 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6706 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6707 primary language.
6708
6709 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6710 buffer is read-only.
6711
6712 See also the descriptions of the variables
6713 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6714 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6715
6716 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6717 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6718 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6719
6720 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6721 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6722
6723 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6724 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6725 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6726 3) convert the body into SERA.
6727
6728 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6729
6730 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6731 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6732 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6733
6734 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6735 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6736
6737 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6738 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6739
6740 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6741 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6742 be 1, 2, or 3.
6743
6744 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6745 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6746 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6747
6748 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6749
6750 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6751 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6752
6753 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6754 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6755 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6756
6757 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6758 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6759
6760 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6761 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6762
6763 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6764 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6765
6766 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6767 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6768
6769 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6770 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6771
6772 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6773 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6774
6775 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6776 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6777
6778 ;;;***
6779 \f
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6781 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6782 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6784
6785 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6786 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6787 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6788 server for future sessions." t nil)
6789
6790 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6791 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6792
6793 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6794 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6795
6796 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6797 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6798 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6799 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6800 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6801 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6802 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6803 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6804 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6805 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6806 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6807 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6808
6809 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6810 Display a form to query the directory server.
6811 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6812 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6813
6814 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6815 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6816 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6817
6818 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6819
6820 ;;;***
6821 \f
6822 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6823 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6824 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15441 20096))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6826
6827 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6828 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6829
6830 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6831 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6832
6833 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
6834 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil)
6835
6836 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6837 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6838
6839 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6840 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6841
6842 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6843 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6844
6845 ;;;***
6846 \f
6847 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6848 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15441 20096))
6849 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6850
6851 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6852 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6853 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6854
6855 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6856 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6857
6858 ;;;***
6859 \f
6860 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6861 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6862 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6863
6864 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6865 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6866
6867 ;;;***
6868 \f
6869 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6870 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6871 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15371 46426))
6872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6873
6874 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6875 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6876 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6877
6878 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6879 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6880 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6881 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6882 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6883 executable." t nil)
6884
6885 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6886 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6887 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6888
6889 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6890 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6891 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6892 file modes." nil nil)
6893
6894 ;;;***
6895 \f
6896 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6897 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15391 60510))
6898 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6899
6900 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6901 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6902 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6903 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6904
6905 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6906
6907 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6908 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6909 to generate such functions.
6910
6911 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6912 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6913 beginning of the expanded text.
6914
6915 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6916 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6917 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6918 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6919
6920 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6921
6922 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6923 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6924 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6925
6926 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6927 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6928 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6929 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6930 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6931
6932 ;;;***
6933 \f
6934 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15417 7451))
6935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6936
6937 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6938 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6939
6940 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6941 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6942 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6943
6944 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6945
6946 Key definitions:
6947 \\{f90-mode-map}
6948
6949 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6950
6951 f90-do-indent
6952 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6953 f90-if-indent
6954 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6955 f90-type-indent
6956 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6957 f90-program-indent
6958 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6959 (default 2)
6960 f90-continuation-indent
6961 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6962 f90-comment-region
6963 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6964 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6965 f90-indented-comment-re
6966 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6967 (default \"!\")
6968 f90-directive-comment-re
6969 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6970 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6971 f90-break-delimiters
6972 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6973 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6974 f90-break-before-delimiters
6975 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6976 (default t)
6977 f90-beginning-ampersand
6978 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6979 f90-smart-end
6980 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6981 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6982 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6983 f90-auto-keyword-case
6984 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6985 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6986 f90-leave-line-no
6987 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6988 f90-startup-message
6989 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6990 f90-keywords-re
6991 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6992
6993 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6994 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6995
6996 ;;;***
6997 \f
6998 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6999 ;;;;;; describe-text-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all
7000 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible
7001 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background
7002 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el"
7003 ;;;;;; (15474 10566))
7004 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7005 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
7006 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
7007
7008 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
7009 Menu keymap for faces.")
7010
7011 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
7012
7013 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
7014 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7015
7016 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
7017
7018 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
7019 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7020
7021 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
7022
7023 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7024 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7025
7026 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7027
7028 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7029 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7030
7031 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7032
7033 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7034 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7035
7036 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7037
7038 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7039 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7040
7041 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7042
7043 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Text") (quote describe-text-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7044
7045 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7046
7047 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7048
7049 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7050 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7051 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7052 will not show through at all will be removed.
7053
7054 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7055
7056 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7057 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7058 requested face.
7059
7060 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7061 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7062 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7063
7064 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7065 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7066 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
7067
7068 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7069 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7070 requested face.
7071
7072 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7073 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7074 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7075
7076 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7077 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7078 Reads the color in the minibuffer.
7079
7080 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7081 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7082 requested face.
7083
7084 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7085 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7086 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7087
7088 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7089 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7090 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7091 is the menu item's name.
7092
7093 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7094 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7095 requested face.
7096
7097 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7098 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7099 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7100
7101 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7102 Make the region invisible.
7103 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7104 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7105
7106 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7107 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7108 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7109 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7112 Make the region unmodifiable.
7113 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7114 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7117 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7118
7119 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7120 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7121
7122 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7123 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7124 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7125
7126 (autoload (quote describe-text-at) "facemenu" "\
7127 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS." t nil)
7128
7129 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
7130 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7133 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7134
7135 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7136 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7137 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7138 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7139 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7140
7141 ;;;***
7142 \f
7143 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7144 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15391 60510))
7145 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7146
7147 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7148 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7149 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7150 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7151
7152 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7153
7154 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7155 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7156 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7157
7158 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7159 - When you save the file's buffer.
7160 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7161 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7162 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7163 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7164
7165 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7166
7167 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7168 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7169 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7170 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7171
7172 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7173 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7174
7175 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7176
7177 ;;;***
7178 \f
7179 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7180 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7181 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15441 20095))
7182 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7183
7184 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7185 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7186 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7187 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7188
7189 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7190 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7193 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7194 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7195 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7198 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7199 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7200 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7201 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7202
7203 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7204 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7205 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7206 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7207 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7208 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7209 internally by feedmail):
7210
7211 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7212 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7213 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7214 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7215
7216 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7217 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7218 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7219 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7220 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7221
7222 ;;;***
7223 \f
7224 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7225 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15464 26323))
7226 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7227
7228 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7229 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7230 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7231 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7232 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7233 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7234 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7237 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7238 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7239 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7240 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7241 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7242 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7243
7244 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7245 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7246
7247 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7248 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7249 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7250 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7251 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7252 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7253
7254 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7255 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7256 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7257 Return value:
7258 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7259 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7260 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7261
7262 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7263 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7264
7265 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7266 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7267
7268 ;;;***
7269 \f
7270 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7271 ;;;;;; (15391 60510))
7272 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7273
7274 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7275 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7276 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7277 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7278 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7279 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7280 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7281 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7282 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7283 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7284
7285 ;;;***
7286 \f
7287 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7288 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15417 7388))
7289 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7290
7291 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7292 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7293 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7294 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7295 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7296
7297 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7298 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7299 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7300 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7301
7302 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7303 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7304 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7305
7306 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7307
7308 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7309 as the final argument." t nil)
7310
7311 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7312 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7313 and run dired on those files.
7314 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7315 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7316
7317 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7318
7319 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7320 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7321 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7322
7323 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7324
7325 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7326
7327 ;;;***
7328 \f
7329 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7330 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7331 ;;;;;; (15400 1472))
7332 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7333
7334 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7335 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7336 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7337
7338 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7339
7340 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7341 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7342 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7343
7344 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7345 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7346
7347 Variables of interest include:
7348
7349 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7350 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7351 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7352
7353 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7354 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7355 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7356
7357 - `ff-ignore-include'
7358 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7359
7360 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7361 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7362
7363 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7364 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7365
7366 - `ff-special-constructs'
7367 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7368 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7369 extracting the filename from that construct.
7370
7371 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7372 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7373
7374 - `ff-search-directories'
7375 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7376 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7377
7378 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7379 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7380
7381 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7382 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7383
7384 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7385 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7386
7387 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7388 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7389
7390 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7391 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7392
7393 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7394 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7395
7396 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7397 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7398
7399 ;;;***
7400 \f
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7402 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7403 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7404 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7405 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7406 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
7407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7408
7409 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7410 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7411
7412 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7413 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7414 not selected.
7415
7416 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7417 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7418 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7419
7420 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7421 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7422
7423 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7424 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7425 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7426 it is one of the current buffers.
7427
7428 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7429 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7430 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7433 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7434
7435 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7438 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7439
7440 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7441
7442 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7443 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7444
7445 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7446 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7447 not selected.
7448
7449 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7450 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7451
7452 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7453 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7454
7455 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7456 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7457 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7458 it is one of the current buffers.
7459
7460 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7461 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7462 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7465 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7466
7467 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7470 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7471
7472 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7475 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7476 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7477
7478 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7479 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7480
7481 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7482 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7485 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7486
7487 ;;;***
7488 \f
7489 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7490 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15371 46415))
7491 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7492
7493 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7494 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7495
7496 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7497 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7500 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7501
7502 ;;;***
7503 \f
7504 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7505 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15371 46415))
7506 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7507
7508 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7509 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7510
7511 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7512 Display FILE's commentary section.
7513 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7514
7515 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7516 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7517
7518 ;;;***
7519 \f
7520 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7521 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15371 46415))
7522 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7523
7524 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7525 Toggle flow control handling.
7526 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7527 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7528
7529 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7530 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7531 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7532 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7533 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7534 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7535
7536 ;;;***
7537 \f
7538 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7539 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7540 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15476 20606))
7541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7542
7543 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7544 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7545 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7546
7547 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7548 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7549
7550 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7551
7552 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7553
7554 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7555 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7556 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7557 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7558 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7559 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7560
7561 Bindings:
7562 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7563 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7564 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7565
7566 Hooks:
7567 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7568
7569 Remark:
7570 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7571 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7572 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7573
7574 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7575 consider adding:
7576 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7577 in your .emacs file.
7578
7579 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7580 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7581
7582 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7583
7584 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7585 The flyspell version" t nil)
7586
7587 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7588 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7589
7590 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7591 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7592
7593 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7594 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7595
7596 ;;;***
7597 \f
7598 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7599 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7600 ;;;;;; (15441 20087))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7602
7603 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7604 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7605
7606 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7607 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7608
7609 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7610 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7611
7612 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7613 of two major techniques:
7614
7615 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7616 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7617 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7618
7619 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7620 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7621 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7622 movement commands.
7623
7624 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7625 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7626 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7627 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7628 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7629 mileage may vary).
7630
7631 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7632 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7633
7634 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7635
7636 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7637 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7638 \(This is the default.)
7639
7640 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7641 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7642
7643 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7644 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7645
7646 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7647 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7648
7649 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7650 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7651 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7652 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7653 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7654 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7655
7656 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7657 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7658 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7659
7660 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7661 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7662 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7663
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7667 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7668 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15464 26323))
7669 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7670
7671 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7672
7673 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7674 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7675 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7676 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7677 Lock on.
7678 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7679
7680 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7681
7682 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7683 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7684 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7685 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7686
7687 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7688 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7689
7690 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7691 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7692
7693 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7694
7695 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7696 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7697 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7698
7699 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7700
7701 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7702 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7703 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7704 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7705 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7706 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7707
7708 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7709 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7710
7711 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7712 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7713
7714 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7715 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7716 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7717
7718 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7719 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7720
7721 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7722 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7723 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7724
7725 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7726 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7727 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7728
7729 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7730 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7731
7732 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7733 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7734 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7735 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7736 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7737 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7738 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7739 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7740 end of the current highlighting list.
7741
7742 For example:
7743
7744 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7745 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7746 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7747
7748 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7749 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7750
7751 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7752 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7753 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7754
7755 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7756 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7757 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7758
7759 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7760 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7761
7762 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7763 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7764
7765 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7766 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7767 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7768
7769 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7770 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7771 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7773 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7774
7775 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7776
7777 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7778
7779 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7780 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7781 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7782 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7783 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7784
7785 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7786 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7787
7788 ;;;***
7789 \f
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7791 ;;;;;; (15607 17695))
7792 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7793
7794 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7795 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7796 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7797 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7798 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7799
7800 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7801 compatibility.
7802
7803 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7804 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7805
7806 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7807
7808 ;;;***
7809 \f
7810 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15400
7811 ;;;;;; 1477))
7812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7813
7814 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7815 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7816 \\<message-mode-map>
7817 key binding
7818 --- -------
7819
7820 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7821 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7822 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7823 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7824 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7825 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7826 " t nil)
7827
7828 ;;;***
7829 \f
7830 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7831 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15371 46415))
7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7833
7834 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7835 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7836
7837 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7838 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7839 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7840 C-c < forms-first-record <
7841 C-c > forms-last-record >
7842 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7843 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7844 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7845 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7846 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7847 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7848 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7849 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7850 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7851 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7852 " t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7855 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7856
7857 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7858 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7859
7860 ;;;***
7861 \f
7862 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7863 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15417 7451))
7864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7865
7866 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7867 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7868 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7869 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7870 with a character in column 6.")
7871
7872 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7873 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7874 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7875 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7876
7877 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7878 Fortran keywords.
7879
7880 Key definitions:
7881 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7882
7883 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7884
7885 `comment-start'
7886 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7887 set this to the string \"!\".
7888 `fortran-do-indent'
7889 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7890 `fortran-if-indent'
7891 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7892 `fortran-structure-indent'
7893 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7894 (default 3)
7895 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7896 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7897 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7898 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7899 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7900 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7901 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7902 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7903 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7904 (for TAB format continuation style).
7905 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7906 indentation for a line of code.
7907 (default 'fixed)
7908 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7909 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7910 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7911 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7912 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7913 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7914 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7915 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7916 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7917 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7918 column 5. (default 1)
7919 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7920 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7921 statements. (default nil)
7922 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7923 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7924 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7925 statement. (default nil)
7926 `fortran-continuation-string'
7927 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7928 line. (default \"$\")
7929 `fortran-comment-region'
7930 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7931 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7932 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7933 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7934 as typed. (default t)
7935 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7936 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7937 (default t)
7938
7939 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7940 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7941
7942 ;;;***
7943 \f
7944 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7945 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15371 46425))
7946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7947
7948 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7949 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7950
7951 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7952 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7955 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7956
7957 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7958 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7959
7960 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7961 Compile fortune file.
7962
7963 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7964 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7965
7966 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7967 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7968
7969 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7970 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7971 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7972 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7973
7974 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7975 Display a fortune cookie.
7976
7977 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7978 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7979 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7980 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7981
7982 ;;;***
7983 \f
7984 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7985 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
7986 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7987
7988 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7989 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7990
7991 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7992 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7993
7994 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7995 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7996 function.
7997
7998 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7999 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8000 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8001 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8002 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8003 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8004
8005 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8006 Each keyword should be a string.
8007
8008 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8009 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8010
8011 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8012 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8013 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8014
8015 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8016
8017 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8018
8019 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8020 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8021 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8022 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8023
8024 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8025 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8026
8027 ;;;***
8028 \f
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8030 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8032
8033 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8034 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8035 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8036 at places they belong to." t nil)
8037
8038 ;;;***
8039 \f
8040 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8041 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15417 7423))
8042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8043
8044 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8045 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8046
8047 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8048 Read network news.
8049 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8050 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8051 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8052 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8053 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8054
8055 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8056 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8057
8058 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8059 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8060
8061 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8062 Read network news.
8063 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8064 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8065 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8066
8067 ;;;***
8068 \f
8069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8070 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8071 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8073
8074 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8075 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8076
8077 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8078 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8079
8080 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8081 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8082 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8083 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8084
8085 \(gnus-agentize)
8086
8087 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8088 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8089 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8090
8091 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8092 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8093
8094 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8095
8096 ;;;***
8097 \f
8098 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8099 ;;;;;; (15477 13591))
8100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8101
8102 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8103 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8104
8105 ;;;***
8106 \f
8107 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8108 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8110
8111 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8112 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8113
8114 ;;;***
8115 \f
8116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8117 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15371
8118 ;;;;;; 46421))
8119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8120
8121 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8122 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8123
8124 Usage:
8125 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8126
8127 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8128 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8131 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8132
8133 ;;;***
8134 \f
8135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8136 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15391 60529))
8137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8138
8139 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8140 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8141 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8142
8143 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8144 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8145
8146 ;;;***
8147 \f
8148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8149 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8151
8152 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8153
8154 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8155 Run batched scoring.
8156 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8157
8158 ;;;***
8159 \f
8160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8161 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15371 46421))
8162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8163
8164 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8165
8166 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8167 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8168
8169 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8170
8171 ;;;***
8172 \f
8173 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8174 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8175 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8177
8178 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8179 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8180 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8181 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8182 group parameters.
8183
8184 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8185 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8186 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8187 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8188
8189 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8190 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8191 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8192 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8193 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8194 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8195 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8196 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8197 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8198 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8201 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8202 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8203
8204 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8205 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8206
8207 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8208 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8209 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8210
8211 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8212
8213 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8214 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8215 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8216
8217 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8218
8219 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8220 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8221 existing groups are considered.
8222
8223 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8224 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8225 returned.
8226
8227 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8228 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8229 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8230 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8231 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8232 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8233 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8234 clauses will be generated.
8235
8236 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8237 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8238 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8239 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8240 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8241 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8242
8243 For example, given the following group parameters:
8244
8245 nnml:mail.bar:
8246 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8247 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8248 nnml:mail.foo:
8249 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8250 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8251 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8252 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8253 nnml:mail.others:
8254 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8255
8256 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8257
8258 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8259 \"mail.bar\")
8260 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8261 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8262 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8263
8264 ;;;***
8265 \f
8266 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8267 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8269
8270 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8271 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8272 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8273
8274 ;;;***
8275 \f
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15470
8277 ;;;;;; 47364))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8279
8280 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8281 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8282 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8283 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8284
8285 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8286
8287 ;;;***
8288 \f
8289 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8290 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8292
8293 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8294 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8295 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8296 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8297 part is ignored.
8298
8299 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8300 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8301 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8302
8303 ;;;***
8304 \f
8305 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8306 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8308
8309 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8310 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8311 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8312 for matching on group names.
8313
8314 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8315 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8316
8317 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8318
8319 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8320
8321 ;;;***
8322 \f
8323 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8324 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8326
8327 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8328 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8329
8330 ;;;***
8331 \f
8332 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8333 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15425 28363))
8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8335
8336 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8337 Unload all Gnus features.
8338 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8339 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8340 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8341
8342 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8343 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8344
8345 ;;;***
8346 \f
8347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8348 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8350
8351 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8352 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8353
8354 ;;;***
8355 \f
8356 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15400 1479))
8357 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8358
8359 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8360 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8361
8362 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8363 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8364 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8365
8366 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8367 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8368 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8369
8370 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8371 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8372
8373 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8374 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8375
8376 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8377
8378 ;;;***
8379 \f
8380 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8381 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15371 46424))
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8383
8384 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8385 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8386 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8387 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8388 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8389
8390 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8391 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8392 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8393 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8394 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8397 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8398 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8399 or to send e-mail.
8400 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8401
8402 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8403 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8404
8405 ;;;***
8406 \f
8407 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15371 46415))
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8409
8410 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8411 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8412 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8413 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8414 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8415
8416 ;;;***
8417 \f
8418 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8419 ;;;;;; (15464 26323))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8421
8422 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8423 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8424 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8425 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8426
8427 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8428 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8429 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8430 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8431
8432 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8433 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8434 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8435 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8436
8437 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8438 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8439 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8440 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8441
8442 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8443 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8444
8445 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8446 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8447 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8448 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8449
8450 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8451 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8452 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8453 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8454
8455 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8456 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8457 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8458 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8459 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8460
8461 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8462 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8463 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8464 original source file access method.
8465
8466 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8467 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8468 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8469
8470 ;;;***
8471 \f
8472 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15371
8473 ;;;;;; 46425))
8474 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8475
8476 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8477 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8478 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8479 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8480
8481 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8482 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8483 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8484 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8485
8486 ;;;***
8487 \f
8488 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8489 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
8490 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8491
8492 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8493 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8494
8495 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8496 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8497 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8498 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8499
8500 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8503 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8504 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8505 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8506 to be updated." t nil)
8507
8508 ;;;***
8509 \f
8510 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8511 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8512 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15480 5979))
8513 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8514
8515 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8516 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8517 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8518 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8519 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8520 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8521
8522 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8523 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8524 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8525 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8526 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8527 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8528
8529 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8530 is used instead of `load-path'.
8531
8532 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8533 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8534 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8535
8536 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8537 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8538
8539 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8540
8541 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8542 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8543 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8544
8545 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8546 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8547 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8548 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8549 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8550
8551 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8552 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8553 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8554 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8555
8556 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8557 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8558 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8559
8560 ;;;***
8561 \f
8562 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8563 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
8564 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8565
8566 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8567 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8568 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8569 and window listing and describing the options.
8570 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8571 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8572
8573 ;;;***
8574 \f
8575 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8576 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8577 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15427 61501))
8578 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8579
8580 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8581 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8582 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8583 Commands:
8584 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8585
8586 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8587
8588 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8589
8590 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8591 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8592
8593 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8594 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8595 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8596 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8597
8598 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8599 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8600 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8601
8602 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8603 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8604
8605 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8606 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8607 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8608 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8609 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8610 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8611
8612 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8613 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8614 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8615 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8616
8617 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8618 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8619 that." t nil)
8620
8621 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8622 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8623 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8624 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8625 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8626 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8627
8628 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8629 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8630 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8631 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8632 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8633
8634 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8635 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8636
8637 ;;;***
8638 \f
8639 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8640 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15371 46419))
8641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8642
8643 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8644 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8645
8646 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8647 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8648
8649 ;;;***
8650 \f
8651 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8652 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15391 60516))
8653 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8654
8655 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8656 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8657 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8658 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8659 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8660
8661 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8662 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8663
8664 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8665 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8666 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8667 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8668
8669 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8670 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8671 periods.
8672
8673 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8674 in hexl format.
8675
8676 A sample format:
8677
8678 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8679 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8680 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8681 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8682 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8683 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8684 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8685 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8686 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8687 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8688 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8689 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8690 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8691 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8692 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8693
8694 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8695 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8696 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8697
8698 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8699 also supported.
8700
8701 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8702
8703 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8704 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8705 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8706
8707 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8708 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8709 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8710
8711 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8712 into the buffer at the current point.
8713
8714 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8715 into the buffer at the current point.
8716
8717 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8718 into the buffer at the current point.
8719
8720 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8721
8722 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8723 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8724
8725 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8726
8727 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8728
8729 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8730 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8731 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8732
8733 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8734 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8735 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8736
8737 ;;;***
8738 \f
8739 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8740 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8741 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15455
8742 ;;;;;; 18398))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8744
8745 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8746
8747 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8748 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8749
8750 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8751
8752 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8753
8754 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8755 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8756
8757 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8758 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8759 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8760 which can be called interactively, are:
8761
8762 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8763 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8764
8765 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8766 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8767 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8768 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8769
8770 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8771 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8772
8773 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8774 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8775
8776 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8777 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8778 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8779 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8780 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8781 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8782
8783 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8784 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8785
8786 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8787 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8788 Hi-lock: FOO
8789 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8790 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8791 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8792 will be read until
8793 Hi-lock: end
8794 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8795
8796 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8797
8798 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8799 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8800
8801 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8802 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8803 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8804 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8805
8806 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8807
8808 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8809 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8810
8811 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8812 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8813 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8814 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8815
8816 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8817
8818 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8819 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8820
8821 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8822 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8823
8824 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8825
8826 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8827 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8828
8829 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8830 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8831 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8832 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8833 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8834
8835 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8836 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8837
8838 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8839 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8840 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8845 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15391 60715))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8847
8848 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8849 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8850 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8851 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8852 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8853 how the hiding is done:
8854
8855 `hide-ifdef-env'
8856 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8857 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8858 is used.
8859
8860 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8861 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8862 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8863 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8864 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8865
8866 `hide-ifdef-lines'
8867 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8868 #endif lines when hiding.
8869
8870 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8871 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8872 is activated.
8873
8874 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8875 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8876 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8877
8878 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8879
8880 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8881 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8882
8883 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8884 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8885
8886 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8887 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8888
8889 ;;;***
8890 \f
8891 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8892 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15371 46426))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8894
8895 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8896 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8897
8898 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8899 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8900 Each element has the form
8901 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8902
8903 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8904 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8905
8906 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8907 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8908
8909 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8910 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8911 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8912 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8913 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8914
8915 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8916 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8917
8918 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8919 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8920
8921 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8922 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8923 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8924
8925 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8926 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8927 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8928 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8929 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8930 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8931
8932 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8933 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8934 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8935
8936 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8937 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8938
8939 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8940
8941 Key bindings:
8942 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8943
8944 ;;;***
8945 \f
8946 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8947 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8948 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8949 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15464 26323))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8951
8952 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8953
8954 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8955 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8956 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8957
8958 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8959 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8960
8961 Without an argument:
8962 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8963 or passive state as determined by the variable
8964 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8965 and passive state.
8966
8967 With an argument ARG:
8968 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8969 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8970 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8971
8972 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8973 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8974 not displayed in a different face.
8975
8976 Functions:
8977 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8978 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8979 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8980 buffer with the contents of a file
8981 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8982 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8983 various faces.
8984
8985 Hook variables:
8986 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8987 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8988 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8989
8990 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8991 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8992
8993 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8994 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8995
8996 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8997 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8998
8999 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9000 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9001 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9002 shown in the last face in the list.
9003
9004 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9005 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9006 buffer to be saved):
9007
9008 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9009
9010 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9011 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9012
9013 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9014 and must not be read-only.
9015
9016 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9017 this function is called interactively.
9018
9019 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9020 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9021 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9022
9023 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9024 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9025 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9026
9027 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9028 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9029
9030 When called interactively:
9031 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9032 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9033 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9034 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9035
9036 When called from a program:
9037 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9038 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9039 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9040 - otherwise just turn it on
9041
9042 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9043 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9044 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9045 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9046
9047 ;;;***
9048 \f
9049 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9050 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9051 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9052 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9053 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15400 1472))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9055
9056 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9057 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9058 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9059 or insert functions in this list.")
9060
9061 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9062 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9063
9064 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9065 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9066
9067 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9068 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9069
9070 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9071 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9072
9073 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9074 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9075 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9076
9077 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9078 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9079 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9080 \(as atoms)")
9081
9082 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9083 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9084 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9085 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9086 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9087
9088 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9089 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9090 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9091 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9092 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9093 expansions.
9094 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9095 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9096 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9097
9098 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9099 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9100 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9101 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9102
9103 ;;;***
9104 \f
9105 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9106 ;;;;;; (15455 18398))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9108
9109 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9110 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9111 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9112 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9113 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9114
9115 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9116 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9117 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9119 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9120
9121 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9122
9123 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9124
9125 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9126 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9127 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9128 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9129 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9130
9131 ;;;***
9132 \f
9133 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9134 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9136
9137 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9138 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9139 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9140
9141 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9142
9143 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9144 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9145
9146 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9147 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9148
9149 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9150
9151 ;;;***
9152 \f
9153 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9154 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15371 46425))
9155 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9156
9157 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9158 This function is obsolete.
9159 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9160 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9161
9162 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9163 This function is obsolete.
9164 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9165 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9166
9167 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9168 This function is obsolete.
9169 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9170 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9171
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9175 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9176 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9177 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9178 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9179 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9180 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9181 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9182 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9183 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9184 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9185 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9186 ;;;;;; ibuffer-included-in-filters-p ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode
9187 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext"
9188 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" (15483 59348))
9189 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9190
9191 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9192 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9193 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9194
9195 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9196 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9197
9198 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9199 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9200
9201 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9202
9203 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9204 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9205
9206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9207 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9208
9209 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9210 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9211
9212 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9213 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9214 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9215
9216 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9217 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9218
9219 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9220 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9221
9222 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9223 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9224 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9225 filter into parts." t nil)
9226
9227 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9228 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9229 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9230
9231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9232 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9233
9234 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9235 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9236
9237 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9238 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9239 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9240 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9241
9242 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9243 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9244 Default sorting modes are:
9245 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9246 Name - the name of the buffer
9247 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9248 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9249
9250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9251 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9252
9253 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9254 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9255
9256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9257 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9258 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9259 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9260
9261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9262 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9263 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9264 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9265
9266 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9267 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9268
9269 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9270 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9271
9272 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9273 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9274
9275 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9276 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9277
9278 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9279 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9280
9281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9282 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9283
9284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9285 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9286
9287 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9288 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9289 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9290
9291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9292 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9293 The names are separated by a space.
9294 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9295 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9296
9297 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9298
9299 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9300 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9301
9302 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9303 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9304
9305 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9306 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9307
9308 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9309 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9310
9311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9312 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9313
9314 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9315 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9316
9317 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9318 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9319
9320 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9321 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9322
9323 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9324 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9325
9326 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9327 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9328
9329 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9330 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9331
9332 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9333 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9334
9335 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9336 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9337
9338 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9339 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9340 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9341 defaults to one." t nil)
9342
9343 ;;;***
9344 \f
9345 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9346 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15457
9347 ;;;;;; 4937))
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9349
9350 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9351 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9352
9353 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9354 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The current buffer
9355 will be `buffer'.
9356
9357 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9358 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9359 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9360 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9361 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9362 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9363
9364 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9365 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9366 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9367 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9368 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9369
9370 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9371 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9372 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9373 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9374 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9375
9376 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9377 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9378 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9379
9380 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9381 Generate a function named `ibuffer-do-OP', which operates on a buffer.
9382 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9383 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9384
9385 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9386 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9387 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9388 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9389 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9390 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9391 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9392 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9393 values are:
9394 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9395 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9396 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9397 buffer's modification flag.
9398 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9399 prompted before performing this operation.
9400 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9401 operation is complete, in the form:
9402 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9403 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9404 confirmation message, in the form:
9405 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9406 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9407 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9408
9409 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9410 Define a filter named NAME.
9411 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9412 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9413 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9414
9415 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9416 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9417 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9418 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9419
9420 ;;;***
9421 \f
9422 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9423 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15480 2733))
9424 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9425
9426 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9427 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9428 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9429 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9430
9431 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9432 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9433 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9434 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9435
9436 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9437 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9438 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9439
9440 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9441 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9442 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
9443 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9444 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9445 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9446 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9447 special value `onewindow' means always use another window." t nil)
9448
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9452 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9454
9455 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9456 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9457 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9458
9459 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9460 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9461 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9462
9463 ;;;***
9464 \f
9465 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15371 46426))
9466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9467
9468 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9469 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9470 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9471 Tab indents for Icon code.
9472 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9473 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9474 \\{icon-mode-map}
9475 Variables controlling indentation style:
9476 icon-tab-always-indent
9477 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9478 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9479 icon-auto-newline
9480 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9481 inserted in Icon code.
9482 icon-indent-level
9483 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9484 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9485 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9486 icon-continued-statement-offset
9487 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9488 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9489 icon-continued-brace-offset
9490 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9491 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9492 icon-brace-offset
9493 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9494 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9495 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9496 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9497
9498 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9499 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9500
9501 ;;;***
9502 \f
9503 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9504 ;;;;;; (15470 21905))
9505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9506
9507 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9508 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9509 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9510 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9511
9512 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9513 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9514 separate frames.
9515
9516 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9517
9518 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9519 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9520 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9521
9522 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9523
9524 ;;;***
9525 \f
9526 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9527 ;;;;;; (15470 22102))
9528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9529
9530 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9531 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9532
9533 The main features of this mode are
9534
9535 1. Indentation and Formatting
9536 --------------------------
9537 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9538 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9539
9540 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9541 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9542 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9543 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9544
9545 Comments are indented as follows:
9546
9547 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9548 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9549 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9550
9551 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9552
9553 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9554 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9555 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9556 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9557 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9558
9559 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9560 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9561 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9562
9563 2. Routine Info
9564 ------------
9565 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9566 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9567 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9568 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9569 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9570 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9571 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9572
9573 3. Online IDL Help
9574 ---------------
9575 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9576 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9577 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9578 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9579 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9580
9581 4. Completion
9582 ----------
9583 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9584 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9585 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9586 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9587 mixed or upper case.
9588
9589 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9590 --------------------------------
9591 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9592 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9593
9594 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9595 \\fu FUNCTION template
9596 \\c CASE statement template
9597 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9598 \\f FOR loop template
9599 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9600 \\w WHILE loop template
9601 \\i IF statement template
9602 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9603 \\b BEGIN
9604
9605 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9606 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9607
9608 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9609 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9610 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9611
9612 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9613 -------------------------
9614 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9615 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9616
9617 7. Automatic END completion
9618 ------------------------
9619 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9620 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9621
9622 8. Hooks
9623 -----
9624 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9625 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9626
9627 9. Documentation and Customization
9628 -------------------------------
9629 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9630 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9631 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9632 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9633 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9634
9635 10.Keybindings
9636 -----------
9637 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9638 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9639 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9640
9641 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9642
9643 ;;;***
9644 \f
9645 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15482 24869))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9647 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9648
9649 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9650 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9651 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9652
9653 ;;;***
9654 \f
9655 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9656 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9657 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15417 7401))
9658 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9659
9660 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9661 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9662 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9663 be determined." nil nil)
9664
9665 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9666 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9667 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9668 be determined." nil nil)
9669
9670 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9671 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9672 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9673
9674 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9675 Create an image.
9676 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9677 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9678 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9679 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9680 use its file extension as image type.
9681 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9682 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9683 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9684 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9685
9686 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9687 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9688 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9689 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9690 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9691 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9692 POS may be an integer or marker.
9693 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9694 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9695 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9696 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9697
9698 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9699 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9700 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9701 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9702 defaulted if you omit it.
9703 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9704 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9705 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9706 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9707
9708 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9709 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9710 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9711 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9712
9713 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9714 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9715
9716 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9717
9718 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9719 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9720 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9721 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9722 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9723 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9724 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9725 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9726 satisfied.
9727
9728 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9729
9730 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9731 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9732
9733 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9734 documentation string.
9735
9736 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9737 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9738 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9739 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9740 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9741 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9742 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9743 define SYMBOL.
9744
9745 Example:
9746
9747 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9748 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9749
9750 ;;;***
9751 \f
9752 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9753 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9754 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15425 28362))
9755 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9756
9757 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
9758 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9759 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9760 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9761
9762 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9763 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9764 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9765 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9766
9767 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9768 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9769 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9770 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9771
9772 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9773 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9774 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9775 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9776
9777 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9778 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9779
9780 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9781 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9782 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9783 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9784
9785 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9786 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9787 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9789 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9790
9791 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9792
9793 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9794
9795 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9796 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9797 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9798 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9799
9800 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9801 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9802 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9803
9804 ;;;***
9805 \f
9806 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9807 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15371 46416))
9808 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9809
9810 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9811 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9812
9813 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9814
9815 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9816 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9817 in the buffer.
9818
9819 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9820
9821 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9822 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9823 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9824
9825 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9826 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9827
9828 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9829 to create a buffer index.
9830
9831 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9832 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9833 or like this:
9834 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9835 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9836 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9837 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9838 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9839
9840 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9841 entries are not nested.
9842
9843 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9844 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9845 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9846 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9847
9848 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9849 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9850
9851 The variable is buffer-local.
9852
9853 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9854 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9855 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9856
9857 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9858 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9859 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9860 during matching.")
9861
9862 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9863
9864 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9865 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9866
9867 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9868 of the current buffer as an alist.
9869
9870 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9871 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9872 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9873 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9874 if it is a sub-alist.
9875
9876 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9877
9878 The variable is buffer-local.")
9879
9880 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9881
9882 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9883 Function for finding the next index position.
9884
9885 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9886 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9887 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9888 file.
9889
9890 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9891 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9892
9893 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9894
9895 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9896
9897 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9898 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9899
9900 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9901 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9902 It should return the name for that index item.
9903
9904 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9905
9906 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9907
9908 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9909 Function to compare string with index item.
9910
9911 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9912 non-nil if they match.
9913
9914 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9915 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9916 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9917 arguments match\".
9918
9919 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9920
9921 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9922
9923 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9924 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9925 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9926
9927 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9928
9929 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9930
9931 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9932
9933 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9934 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9935 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9936 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9937
9938 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9939 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9940
9941 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9942
9943 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9944 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9945 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9946 for more information." t nil)
9947
9948 ;;;***
9949 \f
9950 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
9951 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
9952 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15597 13220))
9953 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
9954
9955 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
9956 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
9957
9958 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
9959
9960 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
9961
9962 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
9963
9964 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
9965 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
9966 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
9967 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
9968 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
9969
9970 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
9971 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
9972 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
9973 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
9974 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
9975
9976 ;;;***
9977 \f
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9979 ;;;;;; (15400 1480))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9981
9982 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9983 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9984 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9985 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9986 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9987
9988 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9989 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9990
9991 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9992 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9993 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9994 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9995 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9996 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9997 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9998 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9999
10000 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10001 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10002 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10003 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10004 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10005
10006 This variable is only used if the variable
10007 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10008
10009 More precise choices:
10010 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10011 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10012 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
10013
10014 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10015
10016 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10017 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10018
10019 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10020 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10021 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10022 to that buffer.
10023 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10024 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10025 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10026 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10027 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10028
10029 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10030
10031 ;;;***
10032 \f
10033 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10034 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10035 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15417 7402))
10036 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10037
10038 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10039 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10040 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10041
10042 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10043 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10044 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10045 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10046 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10047 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10048
10049 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10050 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10051
10052 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10053 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10054 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10055
10056 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10057 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10058 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10059 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10060
10061 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10062 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10063
10064 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10065 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10066 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10067 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10068 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10069
10070 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10071 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10072 KEY is a string.
10073 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10074 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10075 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10076 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10077
10078 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10079 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10080 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10081
10082 ;;;***
10083 \f
10084 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10085 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10086 ;;;;;; (15444 42462))
10087 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10088
10089 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10090 Throw away all cached data.
10091 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10092 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10093 system." t nil)
10094
10095 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10096 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10097 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10098 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10099 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10100 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10101
10102 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10103
10104 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10105 Display the documentation of a file.
10106 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10107 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10108 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10109 The default file name is the one found at point.
10110
10111 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10112
10113 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10114 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10115
10116 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10117 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10118
10119 ;;;***
10120 \f
10121 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10122 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15371 46416))
10123 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10124
10125 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10126 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10127
10128 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10129 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10130 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10131
10132 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10133 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10134 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10135
10136 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10137 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10138 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10139 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10140
10141 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10142 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10143 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10144
10145 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10146 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10147 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10148 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10149 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10150
10151 ;;;***
10152 \f
10153 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10154 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10155 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10157
10158 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10159 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10160
10161 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10162 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10163
10164 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10165
10166 ;;;***
10167 \f
10168 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10169 ;;;;;; (15455 18402))
10170 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10171
10172 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10173 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10174 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10175 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10176 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10177 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10178
10179 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10180 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10181
10182 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10183 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10184 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10185 \"s gives German sharp s.
10186 /a gives a with ring.
10187 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10188 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10189 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10190 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10191
10192 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10193 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10194
10195 ;;;***
10196 \f
10197 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10198 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10199 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10200 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15371 46423))
10201 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10202
10203 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10204 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10205 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10206 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10207
10208 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10209 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10210 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10211 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10212
10213 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10214 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10215 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10216 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10217
10218 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10219 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10220 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10221 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10222
10223 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10224 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10225 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10226 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10227
10228 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10229 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10230 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10231 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10232
10233 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10234 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10235 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10236 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10237
10238 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10239 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10240 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10241 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10242
10243 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10244 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10245 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10246 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10247
10248 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10249 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10250
10251 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10252 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10253
10254 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10255 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10256
10257 ;;;***
10258 \f
10259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10260 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
10261 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10262 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10263 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10264 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10265
10266 ;;;***
10267 \f
10268 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10269 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10270 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10271 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10272 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10273 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15471 40661))
10274 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10275
10276 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10277 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10278
10279 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10280 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10281 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10282 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10283
10284 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10285 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10286 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10287
10288 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10289
10290 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10291
10292 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10293
10294 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10295
10296 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10297
10298 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10299
10300 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10301 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10302
10303 Each element of this list is also a list:
10304
10305 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10306 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10307
10308 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10309 nil means the default dictionary.
10310
10311 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10312 word.
10313
10314 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10315
10316 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10317 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10318 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10319 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10320 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10321 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10322 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10323 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10324 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10325
10326 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10327 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10328 single word.
10329
10330 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10331 subprocess.
10332
10333 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10334 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10335 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10336 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10337 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10338 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10339 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10340 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10341
10342 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10343
10344 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10345 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10346 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10347
10348 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10349 Key map for ispell menu.")
10350
10351 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10352 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10353 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10354 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10355
10356 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10357
10358 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
10359
10360 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10361
10362 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10363
10364 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10365
10366 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10367 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10368 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10369 Valid forms include:
10370 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10371 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10372 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10373 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10374
10375 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10376 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10377 First list is used raw.
10378 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10379
10380 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10381 for skipping in latex mode.")
10382
10383 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10384
10385 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10386 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10387 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10388 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10389
10390 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10391 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10392 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10393 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10394 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10395
10396 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10397 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10398
10399 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10400
10401 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10402 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10403
10404 return values:
10405 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10406 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10407 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10408 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10409 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10410
10411 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10412 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10413 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10414
10415 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10416 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10417
10418 Selections are:
10419
10420 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10421 SPC: Accept word this time.
10422 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10423 `a': Accept word for this session.
10424 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10425 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10426 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10427 `?': Show these commands.
10428 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10429 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10430 the aborted check to be completed later.
10431 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10432 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10433 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10434 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10435 `C-l': redraws screen
10436 `C-r': recursive edit
10437 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10438
10439 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10440 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10441 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10442
10443 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10444 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10445 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10446
10447 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10448
10449 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10450
10451 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10452 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10453 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10454 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10455
10456 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10457 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10458
10459 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10460 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10461
10462 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10463 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10464
10465 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10466 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10467 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10468 sequence inside of a word.
10469
10470 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10471
10472 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10473 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10474
10475 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10476 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10477 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10478 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10479
10480 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10481 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10482 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10483 available on the net." t nil)
10484
10485 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10486 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10487 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10488
10489 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10490 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10491
10492 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10493 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10496 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10497 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10498 Don't check included messages.
10499
10500 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10501 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10502 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10503
10504 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10505 in your .emacs file:
10506 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10507 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10508 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10509 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10510
10511 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10512 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10513 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10514
10515 ;;;***
10516 \f
10517 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10518 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10519 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15391 60517))
10520 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10521
10522 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10523 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10524 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10525 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10526 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10527 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10528
10529 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10530 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10531 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10532 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10533
10534 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10537 Switch to another buffer.
10538
10539 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10540 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10541 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10542 in another frame.
10543 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10544
10545 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10546 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10547 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10548 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10549
10550 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10551 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10552 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10553 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10554
10555 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10556 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10557 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10558 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10559
10560 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10561 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10562 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10563 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10564 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10565
10566 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10567
10568 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10569
10570 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10571 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10572 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10573 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10574 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10575
10576 ;;;***
10577 \f
10578 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10579 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10580 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10581 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15371 46423))
10582 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10583
10584 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10585
10586 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10587 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10588 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10589 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10590 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10591 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10592 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10593 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10594
10595 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10596 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10597 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10598 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10599
10600 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10601 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10602 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10603 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10604 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10605
10606 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10607 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10608 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10609 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10610
10611 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10612 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10613 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10614 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10615
10616 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10617 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10618
10619 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10620 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10621 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10622 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10623 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10624
10625 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10626 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10627 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10628 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10629 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10630
10631 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10632 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10633 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10634
10635 ;;;***
10636 \f
10637 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15391
10638 ;;;;;; 60517))
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10640
10641 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10642 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10643 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10644 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10645 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10646
10647 ;;;***
10648 \f
10649 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10650 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15417 7402))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10652
10653 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10654 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10655 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10657 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10658
10659 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10660
10661 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10662
10663 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10664 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10665 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10666 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10667
10668 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10669 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10670
10671 ;;;***
10672 \f
10673 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10674 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10675 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10676
10677 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10678 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10679 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10680
10681 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10682 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10683 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10684 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10685 shorter.
10686
10687 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10688 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10689 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10690
10691 ;;;***
10692 \f
10693 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15371
10694 ;;;;;; 46423))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10696
10697 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10698 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10699 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10700 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10701 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10702 positions that contains the current selection.")
10703
10704 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10705 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10706 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10707 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10708 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10709 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10710 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10711
10712 ;;;***
10713 \f
10714 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10715 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15371 46423))
10716 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10717
10718 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10719 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10720 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10721
10722 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10723
10724 ;;;***
10725 \f
10726 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10727 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
10728 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10729
10730 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10731
10732 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10733 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10734
10735 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10736
10737 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10738 Start or resume an Lm game.
10739 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10740 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10741
10742 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10743 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10744 none / 1 | yes | no
10745 2 | yes | yes
10746 3 | no | yes
10747 4 | no | no
10748
10749 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10750 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10751 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10752
10753 ;;;***
10754 \f
10755 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
10756 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
10757 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15391
10758 ;;;;;; 60703))
10759 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10760
10761 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10762
10763 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10764 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10765 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10766 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10767 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10768 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10769
10770 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10771 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10772
10773 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10774 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10775
10776 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10777
10778 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10779 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10780 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10781 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10782 to compose.
10783
10784 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10785
10786 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10787
10788 ;;;***
10789 \f
10790 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
10791 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15391 60562))
10792 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10793
10794 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10795 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10796 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10797 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10798 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10799 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10800 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10801 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10802
10803 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
10804 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
10805
10806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10807 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10808
10809 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10810
10811 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10812
10813 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10814 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10815 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10816 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10817 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
10818 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
10819 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
10820 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
10821
10822 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
10823 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
10824 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
10825 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
10826
10827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10828 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10829
10830 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
10831
10832 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
10833
10834 ;;;***
10835 \f
10836 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10837 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15444 42462))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10839
10840 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10841 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10842 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10843 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10844
10845 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10846
10847 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
10848 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
10849 JIT Lock's favor.
10850
10851 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10852
10853 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10854 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10855 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10856 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10857 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10858 for large buffers.
10859
10860 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10861 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10862 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10863 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10864 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10865
10866 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10867 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10868 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10869 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10870 slow to keep up with your typing.
10871
10872 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10873 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10874 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10875 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10876 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10877 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10878
10879 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10880 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10881 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10882 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10883
10884 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10885 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10886 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10887 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10888
10889 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10890 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10891 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10892 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10893 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10894
10895 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10896 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10897
10898 ;;;***
10899 \f
10900 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10901 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
10902 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10903
10904 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10905 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10906
10907 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10908 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10909
10910 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10911 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10912
10913 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10914 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10915 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10916 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10917 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10918 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10919 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10920 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10921 and transmit saved text.
10922 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10923 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10924 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10925
10926 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10927
10928 ;;;***
10929 \f
10930 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15371 46425))
10931 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10932
10933 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10934 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10935 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10936 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10937 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10938
10939 ;;;***
10940 \f
10941 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15371
10942 ;;;;;; 46415))
10943 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10944
10945 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10946 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10947 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10948 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10949
10950 ;;;***
10951 \f
10952 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10953 ;;;;;; (15417 7408))
10954 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10955
10956 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10957 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10958 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10959
10960 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10961 Run the locate command with a filter.
10962
10963 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10964 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10965
10966 ;;;***
10967 \f
10968 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15371 46415))
10969 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10970
10971 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10972 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10973 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10974 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10975 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10976 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10977 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10978 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10979 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10980 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10981 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10982 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10983 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10984
10985 ;;;***
10986 \f
10987 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15417
10988 ;;;;;; 7408))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10990
10991 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10992 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10993
10994 ;;;***
10995 \f
10996 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10997 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15371
10998 ;;;;;; 46416))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11000
11001 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11002
11003 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11004
11005 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11006 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11007 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11008
11009 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11010 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11011
11012 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11013 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11014 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11015 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11016 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11017 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11018 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11019
11020 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11021 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11022 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11023 switch on this list.
11024 See `lpr-command'.")
11025
11026 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11027 *Name of program for printing a file.
11028
11029 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11030 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11031 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11032 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11033 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11034 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11035 argument.")
11036
11037 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11038 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11039 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11040 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11041
11042 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11043 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11044
11045 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11046 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11047 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11048 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11049
11050 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11051 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11052
11053 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11054 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11055
11056 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11057 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11058 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11059 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11060
11061 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11062 Paginate and print the region contents.
11063
11064 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11065 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11066 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11067 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11068
11069 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11070 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11071
11072 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11073 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11074
11075 ;;;***
11076 \f
11077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15417 7408))
11078 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11079
11080 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11081
11082 ;;;***
11083 \f
11084 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15371
11085 ;;;;;; 46418))
11086 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11087
11088 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11089 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11090 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11091
11092 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11093
11094 ;;;***
11095 \f
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15371
11097 ;;;;;; 46426))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11099
11100 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11101 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11102 \\{m4-mode-map}
11103 " t nil)
11104
11105 ;;;***
11106 \f
11107 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11108 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15371 46416))
11109 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11110
11111 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11112 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11113 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11114 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11115 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11116
11117 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11118 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11119 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11120 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11121
11122 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11123 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11124 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11125 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11126 bindings.
11127
11128 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11129 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11130
11131 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11132 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11133 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11134 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11135 each time the macro executes.
11136 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11137 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11138 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11139 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11140 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11141 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11142 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11143
11144 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11145 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11146 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11147
11148 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11149 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11150 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11151 execute.
11152
11153 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11154 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11155
11156 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11157 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11158 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11159 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11160 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11161
11162 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11163 looked like this:
11164
11165 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11166 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11167 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11168
11169 You could enter the names in this format:
11170
11171 foo
11172 bar
11173 baz
11174
11175 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11176
11177 \\C-x (
11178 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11179 \\C-x )
11180
11181 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11182 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11183 " t nil)
11184 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11185
11186 ;;;***
11187 \f
11188 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11189 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15371 46424))
11190 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11191
11192 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11193 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11194 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11195 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11196
11197 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11198 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11199 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11200 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11201 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11202
11203 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11204 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11205 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11206 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11207
11208 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11209 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11210
11211 ;;;***
11212 \f
11213 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11214 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11215 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11217
11218 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11219 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11220
11221 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11222
11223 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11224 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11225
11226 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11227 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11228 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11229 message.
11230
11231 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11232
11233 ;;;***
11234 \f
11235 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11236 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11237 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15371
11238 ;;;;;; 46424))
11239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11240
11241 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11242 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11243 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11244 often correct parser.")
11245
11246 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11247
11248 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11249 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11250 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11251 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11252
11253 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11254 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11255 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11256 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11257
11258 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11259 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11260 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11261 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11262
11263 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11264 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11265 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11266 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11267 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11268 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11269
11270 ;;;***
11271 \f
11272 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11273 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15468 8218))
11274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11275
11276 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11277 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11280 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11281 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11282
11283 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11284 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11285 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11286
11287 ;;;***
11288 \f
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11290 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15371
11291 ;;;;;; 46424))
11292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11293
11294 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11295 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11296 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11297 king@grassland.com
11298 If `parens', they look like:
11299 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11300 If `angles', they look like:
11301 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11302
11303 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11304 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11305 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11306 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11307 their `Resent-' variants.
11308
11309 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11310 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11311
11312 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11313 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11314 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11315
11316 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11317 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11318 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11319 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11320
11321 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11322 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11323 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11324 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11325
11326 ;;;***
11327 \f
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11329 ;;;;;; (15391 60717))
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11331
11332 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11333 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11334 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11335
11336 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11337
11338 In the browser, use the following keys:
11339
11340 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11341
11342 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11343
11344 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11345 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11346
11347 `makefile-target-colon':
11348 The string that gets appended to all target names
11349 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11350 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11351
11352 `makefile-macro-assign':
11353 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11354 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11355 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11356 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11357 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11358 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11359
11360 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11361 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11362 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11363
11364 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11365 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11366
11367 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11368 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11369 up or down in the browser.
11370
11371 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11372 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11373
11374 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11375 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11376
11377 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11378 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11379 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11380 has been selected in the browser.
11381
11382 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11383 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11384 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11385 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11386 filenames are omitted.
11387
11388 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11389 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11390 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11391 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11392 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11393 the backslash itself intact.
11394 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11395 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11396
11397 `makefile-browser-hook':
11398 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11399 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11400
11401 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11402 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11403 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11404 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11405
11406 ;;;***
11407 \f
11408 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (15371
11409 ;;;;;; 46416))
11410 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11411
11412 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11413 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11414 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11415
11416 ;;;***
11417 \f
11418 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15427 61506))
11419 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11420
11421 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11422
11423 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11424 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11425 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11426 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11427 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11428 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11429 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11430
11431 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11432 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11433 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11434 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11435
11436 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11437 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11438
11439 ;;;***
11440 \f
11441 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15417 7408))
11442 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11443
11444 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11445 Toggle Master mode.
11446 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11447 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11448 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11449
11450 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11451 following commands:
11452
11453 \\{master-mode-map}
11454
11455 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11456 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11457 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11458
11459 ;;;***
11460 \f
11461 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11462 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11463 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11464 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11465 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11466 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11467 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11468 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11469 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11470 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15455 18402))
11471 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11472
11473 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11474 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11475
11476 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11477 king@grassland.com
11478 If `parens', they look like:
11479 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11480 If `angles', they look like:
11481 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11482
11483 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11484 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11485
11486 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11487 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11488
11489 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11490 *Local news organization file.")
11491
11492 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11493 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11494 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11495 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11496
11497 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11498 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11499 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11500
11501 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11502
11503 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11504 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11505
11506 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11507 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11508
11509 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11510 *Function for citing an original message.
11511 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11512 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11513 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11514
11515 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11516 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11517 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11518 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11519 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11520
11521 (defvar message-signature t "\
11522 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11523 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11524 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11525 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11526
11527 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11528 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11529 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11530 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11531
11532 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11533
11534 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11535 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11536 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11537 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11538 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11539 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11540 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11541 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11542 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11543 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11544 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11545 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11546 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11547 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11548 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11549 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11550 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11551 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11552 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11553 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11554 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11555 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11556 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11557 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11558 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11559
11560 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11561 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11562 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11563
11564 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11565 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11566
11567 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11568 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11569
11570 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11571 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11572
11573 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11574 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11575 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11576
11577 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11578 Cancel an article you posted.
11579 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11580
11581 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11582 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11583 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11584 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11585
11586 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11587 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11588
11589 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11590 Forward the current message via mail.
11591 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11592 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11593
11594 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11595
11596 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11597
11598 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
11599 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
11600
11601 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11602 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11603
11604 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11605 Re-mail the current message.
11606 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11607 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11608 you." t nil)
11609
11610 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11611 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11612
11613 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11614 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11615
11616 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11617 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11618
11619 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11620 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11621
11622 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11623 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11624 Works by overstriking characters.
11625 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11626 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11627
11628 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11629 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11630 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11631 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11632
11633 ;;;***
11634 \f
11635 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11636 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
11637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11638
11639 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11640 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11641 Special commands:
11642 \\{meta-mode-map}
11643
11644 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11645 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11646
11647 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11648 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11649 Special commands:
11650 \\{meta-mode-map}
11651
11652 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11653 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11654
11655 ;;;***
11656 \f
11657 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11658 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11659 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11660 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11661
11662 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11663 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11664 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11665
11666 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11667 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11668 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11669 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11670 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11671 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11672 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11673
11674 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11675 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11676 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11677 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11678 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11679 means current).
11680 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11681 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11682
11683 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11684 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11685 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11686 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11687 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11688 means current).
11689 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11690 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11691
11692 ;;;***
11693 \f
11694 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11695 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15400 1477))
11696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11697
11698 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11699 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11700 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11701 to the MH mail system.
11702
11703 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11704
11705 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11706 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11707 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11708 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11709 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11710 that want to create a mail buffer.
11711 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11712
11713 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11714 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11715 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11716 to the MH mail system.
11717
11718 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11719
11720 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11721 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11722 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11723 using the MH mail handling system.
11724 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11725 messages.
11726
11727 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11728
11729 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11730
11731 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11732 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11733 the yanked message.
11734
11735 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11736 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11737 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11738 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11739 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11740
11741 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11742 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11743 inserted in a draft letter.
11744
11745 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11746 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11747
11748 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11749
11750 ;;;***
11751 \f
11752 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15400
11753 ;;;;;; 1477))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11755
11756 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11757 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11758 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11759 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11760
11761 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11762 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11763
11764 ;;;***
11765 \f
11766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15371 46424))
11767 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11768
11769 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11770 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11771
11772 ;;;***
11773 \f
11774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15417 7424))
11775 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11776
11777 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11778
11779 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11780
11781 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11782
11783 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11784
11785 ;;;***
11786 \f
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11788 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15371 46416))
11789 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11790
11791 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11792 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11793 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11794 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11795 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11796 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11797 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11798 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11799 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11800 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11801 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11802
11803 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11804 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11805 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11806 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11807
11808 ;;;***
11809 \f
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11811 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15391 60519))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11813
11814 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11815 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11816 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11818 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11819
11820 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11821
11822 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11823
11824 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11825 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
11826 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11827 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11828 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11829 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11830 default indication.
11831
11832 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11833 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11834
11835 ;;;***
11836 \f
11837 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11838 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
11839 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11840
11841 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11842 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11843 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11844 the entire message.
11845 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11846
11847 ;;;***
11848 \f
11849 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11850 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
11851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11852
11853 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11854 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11855
11856 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11857 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11858
11859 ;;;***
11860 \f
11861 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11862 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11864
11865 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11866 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11867 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11868 followed by the first character of the construct.
11869 \\<m2-mode-map>
11870 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11871 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11872 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11873 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11874 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11875 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11876 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11877 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11878 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11879 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11880 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11881 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11882 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11883 \\[m2-link] link
11884
11885 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11886 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11887 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11888
11889 ;;;***
11890 \f
11891 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11892 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11894
11895 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11896 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11897
11898 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11899 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11900
11901 ;;;***
11902 \f
11903 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15391
11904 ;;;;;; 60519))
11905 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11906
11907 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11908 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11909 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11910 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11911
11912 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11913
11914 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11915
11916 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11917
11918 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11919 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11920 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11921 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11922 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11923 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11924
11925 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11926 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11927 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11928 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11929 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11930
11931 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11932 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
11933
11934 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11935 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11936
11937 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11938
11939 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11940 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11941 primary selection and region." t nil)
11942
11943 ;;;***
11944 \f
11945 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15400 1479))
11946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11947
11948 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11949 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11950
11951 ;;;***
11952 \f
11953 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15400 1473))
11954 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11955
11956 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11957 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11958 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11959 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11960 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11961
11962 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11963
11964 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11965
11966 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11967 Toggle Msb mode.
11968 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11969 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11970 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11971
11972 ;;;***
11973 \f
11974 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
11975 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
11976 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11977 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11978 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11979 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15615 15525))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11981
11982 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11983 Display a list of all character sets.
11984
11985 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
11986 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
11987 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
11988 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11989
11990 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11991 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11992
11993 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11994 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11995 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
11996
11997 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11998 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11999 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12000 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12001 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12002
12003 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12004 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12005
12006 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12007 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12008
12009 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
12010 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
12011 POS defaults to point.
12012 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
12013 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
12014 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
12015
12016 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12017 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12018
12019 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12020 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12021
12022 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12023 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12024 in place of `..':
12025 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12026 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12027 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12028 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12029 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12030 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12031 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12032 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12033 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12034 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12035 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12036 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12037 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12038 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12039 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12040 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12043 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12044
12045 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12046 Display a list of all coding systems.
12047 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12048
12049 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12050 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12051
12052 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12053 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12054
12055 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12056 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12057
12058 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12059 Display information about FONTSET.
12060 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12061
12062 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12063 Display a list of all fontsets.
12064 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12065 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12066 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12067
12068 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12069 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12070
12071 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12072 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12073
12074 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12075 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12076 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12077 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12078
12079 ;;;***
12080 \f
12081 ;;;### (autoloads (with-coding-priority detect-coding-with-language-environment
12082 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12083 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12084 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12085 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12086 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12087 ;;;;;; (15601 26086))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12089
12090 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12091 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12092 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12093
12094 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12095 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12096
12097 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12098 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12099
12100 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12101 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12102
12103 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12104 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12105 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
12106 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
12107 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
12108
12109 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
12110 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
12111 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
12112 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
12113 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
12114
12115 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12116 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
12117
12118 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12119
12120 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12121 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12122
12123 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12124 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12125 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12126
12127 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12128 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12129 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12130
12131 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12132 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12133 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12134 is considered.
12135 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12136 longer than KEYSEQ.
12137 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12138
12139 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12140 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12141 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12142 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12143 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12144 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12145 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12146 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12147 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12148 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12149 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12150
12151 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12152 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12153
12154 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12155 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12156
12157 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12158 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12159
12160 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12161 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12162
12163 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12164 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12165
12166 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12167 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12168 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12169 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12170
12171 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12172 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12173 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12174 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12175
12176 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12177 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12178 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12179 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12180
12181 (autoload (quote with-coding-priority) "mule-util" "\
12182 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
12183 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems." nil (quote macro))
12184
12185 ;;;***
12186 \f
12187 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12188 ;;;;;; (15482 52417))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12190
12191 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12192 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12193 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12195 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12196
12197 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12198
12199 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12200
12201 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12202 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12203 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12204 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12205
12206 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12207 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12208
12209 ;;;***
12210 \f
12211 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12212 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12213 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12214 ;;;;;; (15425 28364))
12215 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12216
12217 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12218 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12219
12220 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12221 Ping HOST.
12222 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12223 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12224
12225 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12226 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12227
12228 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12229
12230 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12231 Run netstat program." t nil)
12232
12233 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12234 Run the arp program." t nil)
12235
12236 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12237 Run the route program." t nil)
12238
12239 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12240 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12241
12242 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12243 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12244
12245 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12246 Run dig program." t nil)
12247
12248 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12249 Run ftp program." t nil)
12250
12251 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12252 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12253
12254 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12255 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12256 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12257 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12258
12259 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12260
12261 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12262 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12263
12264 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12265 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12266
12267 ;;;***
12268 \f
12269 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
12270 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
12271 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
12272 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
12273 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (15427 61506))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12275
12276 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12277
12278 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12279
12280 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12281
12282 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12283
12284 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12285
12286 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12287 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12288 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
12289 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12290 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
12291
12292 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12293 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12294
12295 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12296 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12297 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12298 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12299
12300 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12301 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12302
12303 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12304 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12305 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12306
12307 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12308 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12309 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12310 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12311 column indentation or nil.
12312 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12313
12314 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12315 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12316 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12317
12318 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12319 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12320 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12321 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12322
12323 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12324 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12325
12326 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12327 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12328 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12329
12330 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12331
12332 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12333 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12334
12335 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12336 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12337 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12338
12339 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12340 Set the comment column based on point.
12341 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12342 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12343 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12344 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12345
12346 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12347 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12348 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12349
12350 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12351 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12352 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12353 comment markers." t nil)
12354
12355 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12356 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12357 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12358 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12359 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12360 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12361 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12362 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12363
12364 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12365 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12366
12367 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12368 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12369 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12370 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12371 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12372 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12373 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12374 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12375
12376 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12377 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12378 This indents the body of the continued comment
12379 under the previous comment line.
12380
12381 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12382 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12383 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12384
12385 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12386 or comment indentation.
12387
12388 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12389 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12390
12391 ;;;***
12392 \f
12393 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15371
12394 ;;;;;; 46420))
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12396
12397 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12398 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12399 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12400 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12401 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12402 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12403
12404 ;;;***
12405 \f
12406 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12407 ;;;;;; (15400 1476))
12408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12409
12410 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12411 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12412 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12413
12414 ;;;***
12415 \f
12416 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12417 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
12418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12419
12420 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12421 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12422 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12423
12424 ;;;***
12425 \f
12426 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12427 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12429
12430 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12431 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12432
12433 ;;;***
12434 \f
12435 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12436 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15371 46421))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12438
12439 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12440 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12441
12442 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12443 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12444
12445 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12446 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12447
12448 ;;;***
12449 \f
12450 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12451 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15455 18400))
12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12453
12454 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12455 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12456 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12457
12458 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12459
12460 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12461 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12462 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12463 to future sessions." t nil)
12464
12465 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12466 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12467 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12468 to future sessions." t nil)
12469
12470 ;;;***
12471 \f
12472 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12473 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12475
12476 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12477 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12478 \\{nroff-mode-map}
12479 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12480 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12481 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12482
12483 ;;;***
12484 \f
12485 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12486 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12488
12489 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12490 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12491 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12492 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12493 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12494
12495 ;;;***
12496 \f
12497 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12498 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12500
12501 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12502 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12503 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12504
12505 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12506
12507 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12508 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12509
12510 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12511 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12512 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12513
12514 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12515
12516 ;;;***
12517 \f
12518 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12519 ;;;;;; (15417 7451))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12521
12522 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12523 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12524
12525 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12526 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12527 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12528 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12529
12530 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12531 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12532 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12533 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12534 is why you need this mode!).
12535
12536 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12537 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12538 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12539
12540 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12541
12542 Keybindings
12543 ===========
12544
12545 \\{octave-mode-map}
12546
12547 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12548 ==============================================
12549
12550 octave-auto-indent
12551 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12552 Default is nil.
12553
12554 octave-auto-newline
12555 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12556 Default is nil.
12557
12558 octave-blink-matching-block
12559 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12560 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12561
12562 octave-block-offset
12563 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12564 Default is 2.
12565
12566 octave-continuation-offset
12567 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12568 Default is 4.
12569
12570 octave-continuation-string
12571 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12572 Default is a backslash.
12573
12574 octave-mode-startup-message
12575 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12576 Default is t.
12577
12578 octave-send-echo-input
12579 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12580 command to the inferior Octave process.
12581
12582 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12583 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12584 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12585
12586 octave-send-echo-input
12587 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12588
12589 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12590
12591 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12592 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12593
12594 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12595 (setq auto-mode-alist
12596 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12597
12598 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12599 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12600
12601 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12602 (lambda ()
12603 (abbrev-mode 1)
12604 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12605 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12606 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12607
12608 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12609 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12610 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12611 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12612
12613 ;;;***
12614 \f
12615 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12616 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12618
12619 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12620 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12621 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12622
12623 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12624 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12625 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12626 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12627 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12628
12629 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12630
12631 ;;;***
12632 \f
12633 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12634 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12636
12637 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12638 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12639 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12640 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12641
12642 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12643 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12644 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12645 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12646
12647 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12648 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12649 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12650 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12651 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12652 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12653
12654 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12655 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12656
12657 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12658 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12659 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12660 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12661 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12662 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12663 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12664 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12665 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12666 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12667 The subheadings remain visible.
12668 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12669
12670 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12671 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12672 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12673
12674 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12675 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12676
12677 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12678 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12679 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12680 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12681
12682 ;;;***
12683 \f
12684 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15371 46418))
12685 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12686
12687 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12688 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12689 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12691 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12692
12693 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12694
12695 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12696
12697 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12698 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12699 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12700 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12701
12702 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12703 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12704
12705 ;;;***
12706 \f
12707 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
12708 ;;;;;; 50527))
12709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12710
12711 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12712 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12713 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12714
12715 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12716 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12717
12718 Other useful functions are:
12719
12720 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12721 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12722 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12723 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12724 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12725 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12726 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12727 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12728 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12729
12730 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12731
12732 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12733 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12734 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12735 Indentation for case statements.
12736 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12737 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12738 mark after an end.
12739 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12740 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12741 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12742 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12743 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12744 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12745 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12746 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12747 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12748 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12749
12750 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12751 pascal-separator-keywords.
12752
12753 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12754 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12755
12756 ;;;***
12757 \f
12758 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12759 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
12760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12761
12762 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12763 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12764 The keys affected are:
12765 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12766 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12767 M-Backspace does undo.
12768 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12769 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12770 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12771
12772 ;;;***
12773 \f
12774 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12775 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15455 18402))
12776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12777
12778 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12779 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
12780 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12782 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
12783
12784 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12785
12786 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12787
12788 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12789 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12790
12791 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12792
12793 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12794 which modify the status of the mark.
12795
12796 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12797 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12798
12799 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12800 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12801
12802 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12803 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12804 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12805 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
12806 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
12807
12808 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12809 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12810
12811 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12812 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12813 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12814
12815 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12816 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12817 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12818
12819 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12820 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12821
12822 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12823 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12824 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12825
12826 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12827 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
12828 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
12829
12830 F6 other-window
12831 DELETE delete-char
12832 C-DELETE kill-line
12833 M-DELETE kill-word
12834 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12835 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12836 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12837
12838 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12839 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12840 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12841 and cursor movement commands.
12842 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12843 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12844
12845 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12846
12847 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12848
12849 ;;;***
12850 \f
12851 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15371
12852 ;;;;;; 46418))
12853 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12854
12855 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12856 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12857
12858 ;;;***
12859 \f
12860 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12861 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15371 46418))
12862 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12863
12864 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12865 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12866
12867 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12868 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12869
12870 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12871 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12872
12873 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12874 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12875
12876 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12877
12878 ;;;***
12879 \f
12880 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12881 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15371 46418))
12882 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12883
12884 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12885 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12886
12887 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12888 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12889
12890 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12891 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12892
12893 ;;;***
12894 \f
12895 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15371
12896 ;;;;;; 46418))
12897 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12898
12899 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12900 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12901 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12902 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12903 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12904 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12905
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12909 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12910 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15371 46418))
12911 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12912
12913 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12914 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12915
12916 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12917
12918 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12919 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12920
12921 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12922 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12923
12924 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12925 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12926
12927 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12928
12929 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12930 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12931
12932 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12933 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12934
12935 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12936 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12937
12938 ;;;***
12939 \f
12940 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12941 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12942 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15371
12943 ;;;;;; 46418))
12944 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12945
12946 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12947 Support extensible programmable completion.
12948 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12949 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12950
12951 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12952 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12953
12954 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12955 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12956 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12957
12958 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12959 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12960
12961 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12962 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12963 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12964
12965 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12966 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12967
12968 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12969 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12970
12971 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12972 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12973 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12974 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12975 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12976
12977 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12978 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12979
12980 ;;;***
12981 \f
12982 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12983 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12984 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15444 42462))
12985 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12986
12987 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12988 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12989 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12990 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12991
12992 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12993
12994 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12995 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12996 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12997 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12998 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12999 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13000 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13001
13002 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13003 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13004 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13005 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13006 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13007 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13008 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13009 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13010
13011 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13012 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13013 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13014 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13015 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13016 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13017
13018 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13019 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13020 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13021 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13022 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13023 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13024 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13025
13026 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13027
13028 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13029 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13030 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13031
13032 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13033 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13034 nil means never do it.
13035 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13036 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13037 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13038
13039 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13040 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13041 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13042
13043 ;;;***
13044 \f
13045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15400 1473))
13046 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13047
13048 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13049
13050 ;;;***
13051 \f
13052 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13053 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
13054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13055
13056 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13057 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13058 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13059 Tab indents for Perl code.
13060 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13061 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13062 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13063 \\{perl-mode-map}
13064 Variables controlling indentation style:
13065 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13066 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13067 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13068 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13069 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13070 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13071 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13072 `perl-nochange'
13073 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13074 `perl-indent-level'
13075 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13076 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13077 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13078 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13079 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13080 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13081 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13082 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13083 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13084 `perl-brace-offset'
13085 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13086 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13087 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13088 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13089 `perl-label-offset'
13090 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13091 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13092 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13093
13094 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13095 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13096 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13097 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13098 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13099 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13100 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13101
13102 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13103
13104 ;;;***
13105 \f
13106 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13107 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
13108 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13109
13110 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13111 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13112 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13113 afterwards settable by these commands:
13114 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13115 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13116 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13117 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13118 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13119 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13120 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13121 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13122 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13123 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13124 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13125 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13126 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13127 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13128 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13129 with these commands:
13130 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13131 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13132 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13133 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13134 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13135 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13136 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13137 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13138 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13139 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13140 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13141 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13142 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13143 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13144 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13145 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13146 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13147 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13148 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13149 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13150 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13151 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13152 text is saved in the kill ring.
13153 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13154 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13155 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13156 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13157 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13158 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13159 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13160 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13161 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13162 commands if invoked soon enough.
13163 You can return to the previous mode with:
13164 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13165 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13166
13167 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13168
13169 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13170 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13171
13172 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13173
13174 ;;;***
13175 \f
13176 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15464 26331))
13177 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13178
13179 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13180 Play pong and waste time.
13181 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13182 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13183
13184 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13185
13186 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13187
13188 ;;;***
13189 \f
13190 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13191 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15468 8218))
13192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13193
13194 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13195 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13196 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13197 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13198
13199 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13200 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13201 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13202 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13203 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13204
13205 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13206 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13207 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13208 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13209 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13210
13211 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13212 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13213 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13214 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13215
13216 ;;;***
13217 \f
13218 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13219 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
13220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13221
13222 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13223 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13224 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13225 Commands:
13226 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13227 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13228 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13229
13230 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13231 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13232
13233 ;;;***
13234 \f
13235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15371 46418))
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13237
13238 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13239 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13240 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13241
13242 ;;;***
13243 \f
13244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15371 46426))
13245 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13246 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13247
13248 ;;;***
13249 \f
13250 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13251 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13252 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13253 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15371 46418))
13254 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13255
13256 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13257 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13258
13259 Valid values are:
13260
13261 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13262 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13263 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13264 changed by setting the variable
13265 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13266 The initial value of this variable is
13267 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13268 documentation).
13269
13270 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13271 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13272 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13273 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13274 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13275 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13276 test it.
13277
13278 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13279 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13280 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13281 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13282 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13283 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13284 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13285 use this value, be sure to have installed
13286 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13287 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13288 documentation of this variable).
13289
13290 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13291 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13292 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13293 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13294 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13295 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13296
13297 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13298
13299 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13300 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13301 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13302
13303 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13304
13305 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13306 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13307
13308 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13309
13310 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13311
13312 Returns the value:
13313
13314 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13315
13316 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13317 the sequence." nil nil)
13318
13319 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13320 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13321
13322 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13323 composition.
13324
13325 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13326
13327 Returns the value:
13328
13329 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13330
13331 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13332 the sequence." nil nil)
13333
13334 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13335 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13336
13337 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13338 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13339 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13340
13341 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13342 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13343
13344 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13345 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13346 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13347
13348 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13349
13350 ;;;***
13351 \f
13352 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13353 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13354 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13355 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13356 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13357 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15482 26242))
13358 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13359
13360 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13361 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13362 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13363 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13364
13365 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13366 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13367
13368 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13369 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13370
13371 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13372 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13373 sending it to the printer.
13374
13375 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13376 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13377 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13378
13379 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13380 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13381 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13382 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13383 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13384
13385 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13386 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13387 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13388
13389 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13390 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13391 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13392 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13393 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13394
13395 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13396 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13397 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13398 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13399
13400 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13401
13402 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13403 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13404 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13405 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13406 so it has a way to determine color values.
13407
13408 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13409
13410 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13411 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13412 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13413
13414 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13415
13416 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13417 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13418 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13419 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13420 so it has a way to determine color values.
13421
13422 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13423
13424 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13425 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13426
13427 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13428 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13429 instead of sending it to the printer.
13430
13431 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13432 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13433 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13434
13435 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13436 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13437 current ps-print setup.
13438 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13439 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13440
13441 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13442 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13443 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13444
13445 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13446 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13447 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13448
13449 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13450 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13451
13452 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13453 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13454
13455 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13456 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13457
13458 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13459 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13460
13461 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13462
13463 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13464
13465 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13466 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13467
13468 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13469 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13470
13471 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13472 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13473
13474 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13475
13476 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13477
13478 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13479
13480 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13481 foreground and background colors respectively.
13482
13483 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13484 bold - use bold font.
13485 italic - use italic font.
13486 underline - put a line under text.
13487 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13488 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13489 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13490 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13491 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13492
13493 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13494
13495 ;;;***
13496 \f
13497 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13498 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13499 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13500 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13501 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15455 18402))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13503
13504 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13505 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13506
13507 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13508 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13509 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13510
13511 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13512 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13513
13514 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13515 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13516 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13517 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13518 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13519 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13520 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13521
13522 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13523 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13524 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13525 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13526 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13527 shown.
13528 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13529
13530 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13531 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13532 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13533 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13534 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13535 list of candidates.
13536
13537 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13538 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13539 command to be called.
13540
13541 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13542 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13543 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13544 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13545
13546 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13547 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13548 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13549 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13550 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13551 to t.
13552
13553 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13554 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13555 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13556 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13557
13558 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13559 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13560 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13561 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13562
13563 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13564 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13565 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13566 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13567 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13568 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13569
13570 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13571 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13572 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13573 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13574 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13575 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13576
13577 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13578 covers Quail translation region.
13579
13580 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13581 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13582 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13583 for it) is inserted.
13584
13585 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13586 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13587 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13588
13589 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13590 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13591 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13592
13593 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13594 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13595
13596 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13597 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13598 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13599 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13600 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13601
13602 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13603 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13604
13605 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13606 keyboard type." t nil)
13607
13608 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13609 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13610 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13611 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13612 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13613 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13614 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13615 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13616 for the translation.
13617 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13618
13619 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13620 it is used to handle KEY.
13621
13622 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13623 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13624 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13625 the following annotation types are supported.
13626
13627 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13628 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13629
13630 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13631 candidate list.
13632
13633 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13634 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13635 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13636 inserted.
13637
13638 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13639 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13640
13641 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13642 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13643
13644 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13645 which to install MAP.
13646
13647 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13648
13649 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13650 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13651
13652 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13653 which to install MAP.
13654
13655 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13656
13657 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13658 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13659 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13660 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13661 a function, or a cons.
13662 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13663 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13664 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13665 for the translation.
13666 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13667 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13668 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13669 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13670 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13671
13672 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13673 it is used to handle KEY.
13674
13675 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13676 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13677 current Quail package.
13678
13679 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13680 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13681
13682 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13683 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13684
13685 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13686 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13687
13688 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13689
13690 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13691 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13692
13693 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13694 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13695 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13696 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13697 of the Emacs source tree.
13698
13699 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13700 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13701
13702 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13703 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13704 of each directory." t nil)
13705
13706 ;;;***
13707 \f
13708 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13709 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13710 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15371
13711 ;;;;;; 46424))
13712 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13713
13714 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13715 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13716 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13717 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13718
13719 To make use of this do something like:
13720
13721 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13722
13723 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13724
13725 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13726 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13727
13728 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13729 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13730 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13731
13732 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13733 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13734
13735 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13736 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13737
13738 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13739 is decided." t nil)
13740
13741 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13742 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13743
13744 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13745 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13746 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13747
13748 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13749 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13750
13751 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13752 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13753
13754 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13755 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13756
13757 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13758
13759 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13760
13761 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13762 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13763
13764 ;;;***
13765 \f
13766 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15427
13767 ;;;;;; 61508))
13768 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13769
13770 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13771 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13772 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13773
13774 ;;;***
13775 \f
13776 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13777 ;;;;;; (15391 60528))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13779
13780 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13781 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13782
13783 ;;;***
13784 \f
13785 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13786 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13787 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15400 1473))
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13789
13790 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13791 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13792
13793 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13794 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13795
13796 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13797 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13800 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13801 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13802 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13803 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13804
13805 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13806 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13807
13808 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13809 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13810 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13812 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13813
13814 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13815
13816 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13817
13818 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13819 Toggle recentf mode.
13820 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13821 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13822
13823 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13824 were operated on recently." t nil)
13825
13826 ;;;***
13827 \f
13828 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13829 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13830 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13831 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15483
13832 ;;;;;; 45660))
13833 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13834
13835 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13836 Obsolete. Use `move-to-column'.
13837 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
13838 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13839 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13840
13841 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13842 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13843 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13844 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13845 ends.
13846
13847 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13848 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13849 to be deleted." t nil)
13850
13851 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13852 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13853 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13854
13855 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13856 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13857 deleted." nil nil)
13858
13859 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13860 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13861 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13862
13863 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13864 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13865
13866 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13867 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13868
13869 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13870 deleted." t nil)
13871
13872 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13873 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13874
13875 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13876 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13877 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13878 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13879 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13880 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13881 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13882
13883 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13884 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13885
13886 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13887 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13888
13889 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13890 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13891 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13892 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13893
13894 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13895 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13896 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13897 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13898 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13899
13900 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13901 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13902
13903 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13904 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13905 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13906
13907 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13908
13909 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13910 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13911
13912 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13913 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13914 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13915
13916 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13917 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13918 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13919
13920 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13921 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13922 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13923
13924 ;;;***
13925 \f
13926 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15417
13927 ;;;;;; 7452))
13928 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13929
13930 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13931 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13932 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13933
13934 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13935 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13936 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13937
13938 ;;;***
13939 \f
13940 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13941 ;;;;;; (15371 46417))
13942 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13943
13944 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13945 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13946
13947 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13948 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13949
13950 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13951 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13952
13953 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13954 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13955 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13956 \\ref macro.
13957
13958 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13959 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13960 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13961
13962 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13963 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13964 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13965
13966 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13967 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13968
13969 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13970 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13971
13972 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13973 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13974 on the menu bar.
13975
13976 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13977
13978 ;;;***
13979 \f
13980 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13981 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
13982 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13983
13984 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13985 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13986 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13987 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13988 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13989 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13990
13991 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13992
13993 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13994
13995 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13996 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13997 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
13998 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13999
14000 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14001 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14002 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14003 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14004
14005 ;;;***
14006 \f
14007 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14008 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
14009 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14010
14011 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14012 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14013 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14014
14015 To insert new phrases, use
14016 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14017 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14018
14019 To index phrases use one of:
14020
14021 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14022 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14023 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14024 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14025 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14026
14027 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14028 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14029
14030 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14031
14032 Here are all local bindings.
14033
14034 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14035
14036 ;;;***
14037 \f
14038 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14039 ;;;;;; (15486 57600))
14040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14041
14042 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14043 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14044 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14045 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14046 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14047 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14048
14049 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14050 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14051
14052 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14053 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14054
14055 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14056 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14057 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14058 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14059
14060 ;;;***
14061 \f
14062 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15371 46418))
14063 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14064
14065 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14066 Repeat most recently executed command.
14067 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14068 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14069 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14070
14071 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14072 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14073 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14074
14075 ;;;***
14076 \f
14077 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14078 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14080
14081 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14082 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14083
14084 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14085 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14086 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14087 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14088 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14089 and point is left after the salutation.
14090
14091 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14092 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14093 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14094 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14095 left after that text.
14096
14097 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14098 is non-nil.
14099
14100 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14101 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14102 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14103 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14104
14105 ;;;***
14106 \f
14107 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14108 ;;;;;; (15391 60519))
14109 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14110
14111 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14112 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14113 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14114 visibility of comments that precede it.
14115 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14116 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14117 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14118 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14119 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14120 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14121 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14122 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14123 the comment lines.
14124 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14125 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14126 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14127 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14128 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14129 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14130
14131 ;;;***
14132 \f
14133 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15371
14134 ;;;;;; 46418))
14135 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14136
14137 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14138 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14139
14140 ;;;***
14141 \f
14142 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14143 ;;;;;; (15417 7409))
14144 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14145
14146 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14147 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14148 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14149
14150 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14151 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14152 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14153
14154 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14155 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14156 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14157 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14158 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14159
14160 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14161
14162 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14163
14164 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14165 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14166 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14167
14168 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14169 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14170 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14171
14172 ;;;***
14173 \f
14174 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14175 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14176 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15391 60519))
14177 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14178
14179 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14180 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14181 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14182 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14183 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14184
14185 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14186 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14187 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14188 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14189 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14190
14191 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14192 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14193 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14195 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14196
14197 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14198
14199 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14200
14201 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14202 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14203 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer
14204 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14205 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14206 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14207 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.
14208
14209 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14210 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14211
14212 ;;;***
14213 \f
14214 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14215 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
14216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14217
14218 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14219 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14220
14221 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14222 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14223
14224 ;;;***
14225 \f
14226 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15371 46424))
14227 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14228 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14229
14230 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14231 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14232 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14233 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14234
14235 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14236
14237 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14238 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14239 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14240 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14241
14242 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14243 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14244
14245 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14246 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14247
14248 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14249 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14250 INPUT-ARGS.
14251
14252 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14253 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14254 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14255 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14256 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14257
14258 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14259 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14260 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14261 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14262
14263 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14264 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14265 variable." t nil)
14266
14267 ;;;***
14268 \f
14269 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14270 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14271 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14272 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14273 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14274 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14275 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15464 26331))
14276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14277
14278 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14279 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
14280 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
14281 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14282
14283 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14284 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14285 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14286 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14287 value is the user's name.)
14288 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14289
14290 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14291 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14292 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14293 which normally happens once for each message,
14294 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14295 To make a change in this variable take effect
14296 for a message that you have already viewed,
14297 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14298
14299 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14300 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14301 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14302 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14303
14304 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14305 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14306
14307 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14308 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14309 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14310 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14311
14312 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14313 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14314
14315 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14316 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14317
14318 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14319 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14320 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14321 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14322 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14323
14324 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14325 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14326
14327 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14328 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14329
14330 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14331 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14332
14333 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14334 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14335
14336 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14337 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14338
14339 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14340 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14341
14342 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14343 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14344
14345 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14346 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14347
14348 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14349 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14350 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14351 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14352
14353 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14354 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14355
14356 This is set to nil by default.")
14357
14358 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14359 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14360 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14361 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14362 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14363
14364 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14365 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14366 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14367 It is called with no argument.")
14368
14369 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14370 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14371 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14372 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14373 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14374 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14375 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14376
14377 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14378 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14379 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14380 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14381 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14382 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14383
14384 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14385 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14386 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14387 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14388 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14389
14390 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14391 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14392 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14393 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14394 MSG is the message number,
14395 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14396 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14397
14398 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14399 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14400 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14401 this feature is required with `require'.")
14402
14403 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14404 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14405 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14406 the message is decoded as normal way.
14407
14408 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14409 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14410 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14411
14412 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14413 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14414 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14415
14416 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14417 Read and edit incoming mail.
14418 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14419 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14420 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14421
14422 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14423 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14424 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14425 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14426
14427 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14428
14429 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14430 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14431 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14432 Instead, these commands are available:
14433
14434 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14435 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14436 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14437 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14438 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14439 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14440 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14441 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14442 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14443 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14444 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14445 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14446 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14447 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14448 till a deleted message is found.
14449 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14450 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14451 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14452 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14453 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14454 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14455 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14456 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14457 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14458 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14459 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14460 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14461 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14462 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14463 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14464 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14465 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14466 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14467 (label defaults to last one specified).
14468 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14469 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14470 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14471 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14472 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14473 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14474 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14475 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14476 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14477
14478 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14479 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14480
14481 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14482 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14483
14484 ;;;***
14485 \f
14486 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14487 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14488 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14489
14490 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14491 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14492
14493 ;;;***
14494 \f
14495 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14496 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14497 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15371 46424))
14498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14499
14500 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14501 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14502 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14503
14504 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14505 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14506 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14507
14508 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14509
14510 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14511 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14512 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14513 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14514 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14515
14516 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14517 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14518 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14519 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14520 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14521
14522 ;;;***
14523 \f
14524 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14525 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14526 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14527
14528 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14529 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14530 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14531 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14532
14533 ;;;***
14534 \f
14535 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14536 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14537 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15371 46424))
14538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14539
14540 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14541 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14542 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14543 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14544 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14545 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14546 a file name as a string.")
14547
14548 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14549 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14550 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14551 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14552 buffer visiting that file.
14553 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14554 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14555
14556 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14557 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14558
14559 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14560 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14561
14562 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14563 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14564
14565 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14566 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14567
14568 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14569 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14570 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14571 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14572 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14573
14574 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14575 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14576 will be appended with their original headers.
14577
14578 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14579 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14580
14581 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14582 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14583
14584 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14585
14586 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14587 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14588 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14589
14590 ;;;***
14591 \f
14592 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14593 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14594 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15371
14595 ;;;;;; 46424))
14596 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14597
14598 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14599 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14600 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14601
14602 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14603 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14604 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14605
14606 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14607 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14608 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14609
14610 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14611 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14612 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14613
14614 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14615 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14616 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14617
14618 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14619 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14620 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14621
14622 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14623 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14624 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14625 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14626
14627 ;;;***
14628 \f
14629 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14630 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14631 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14632 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14633 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15479 52723))
14634 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14635
14636 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14637 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14638
14639 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14640 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14641
14642 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14643 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14644
14645 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14646 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14647 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14648
14649 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14650 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14651 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14652 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14653 only look in the To and From fields.
14654 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14655
14656 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14657 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14658 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14659 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14660 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14661
14662 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14663 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14664 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14665 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14666 look in the whole message.
14667 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14668
14669 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14670 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14671 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14672
14673 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14674 *Function to decode summary-line.
14675
14676 By default, `identity' is set.")
14677
14678 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14679 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14680 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14681 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14682 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14683 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14684 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14685
14686 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14687 sent by you under different user names.
14688 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14689
14690 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14691
14692 ;;;***
14693 \f
14694 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14695 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14696 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14697
14698 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14699 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14700 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14701 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14702
14703 ;;;***
14704 \f
14705 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14706 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15371 46418))
14707 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14708
14709 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14710 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14711 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14712
14713 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14714 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14715 in rot 13.
14716
14717 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14718
14719 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14720 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14721
14722 ;;;***
14723 \f
14724 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14725 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14726 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14727 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14728 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14729 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14730
14731 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14732 *This variable is obsolete.")
14733
14734 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14735
14736 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14737
14738 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14739 *This variable is obsolete.")
14740
14741 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14742 *This variable is obsolete.")
14743
14744 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14745 *This variable is obsolete.")
14746
14747 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14748 *This variable is obsolete.")
14749
14750 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14751 *This variable is obsolete.")
14752
14753 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14754 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14755
14756 ;;;***
14757 \f
14758 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15441
14759 ;;;;;; 20091))
14760 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
14761
14762 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
14763 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
14764
14765 ;;;***
14766 \f
14767 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15371
14768 ;;;;;; 46419))
14769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14770
14771 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14772 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14773 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14774 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14775
14776 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14777 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14778 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14779
14780 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14781 notation.
14782
14783 STRING
14784 matches string STRING literally.
14785
14786 CHAR
14787 matches character CHAR literally.
14788
14789 `not-newline'
14790 matches any character except a newline.
14791 .
14792 `anything'
14793 matches any character
14794
14795 `(any SET)'
14796 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14797 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14798
14799 '(in SET)'
14800 like `any'.
14801
14802 `(not (any SET))'
14803 matches any character not in SET
14804
14805 `line-start'
14806 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14807 in the text being matched
14808
14809 `line-end'
14810 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14811
14812 `string-start'
14813 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14814 string being matched against.
14815
14816 `string-end'
14817 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14818 string being matched against.
14819
14820 `buffer-start'
14821 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14822 buffer being matched against.
14823
14824 `buffer-end'
14825 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14826 buffer being matched against.
14827
14828 `point'
14829 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14830
14831 `word-start'
14832 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14833 word.
14834
14835 `word-end'
14836 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14837
14838 `word-boundary'
14839 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14840 word.
14841
14842 `(not word-boundary)'
14843 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14844 word.
14845
14846 `digit'
14847 matches 0 through 9.
14848
14849 `control'
14850 matches ASCII control characters.
14851
14852 `hex-digit'
14853 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14854
14855 `blank'
14856 matches space and tab only.
14857
14858 `graphic'
14859 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14860 space, and DEL.
14861
14862 `printing'
14863 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14864 and DEL.
14865
14866 `alphanumeric'
14867 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14868 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14869
14870 `letter'
14871 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14872 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14873
14874 `ascii'
14875 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14876
14877 `nonascii'
14878 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14879
14880 `lower'
14881 matches anything lower-case.
14882
14883 `upper'
14884 matches anything upper-case.
14885
14886 `punctuation'
14887 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14888 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14889
14890 `space'
14891 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14892
14893 `word'
14894 matches anything that has word syntax.
14895
14896 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
14897 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
14898 of the following symbols.
14899
14900 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
14901 `punctuation' (\\s.)
14902 `word' (\\sw)
14903 `symbol' (\\s_)
14904 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
14905 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
14906 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
14907 `string-quote' (\\s\")
14908 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
14909 `escape' (\\s\\)
14910 `character-quote' (\\s/)
14911 `comment-start' (\\s<)
14912 `comment-end' (\\s>)
14913
14914 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
14915 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
14916
14917 `(category CATEGORY)'
14918 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
14919 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
14920
14921 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
14922 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
14923 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
14924 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
14925 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
14926 `symbol' (\\c5)
14927 `digit' (\\c6)
14928 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
14929 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
14930 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
14931 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
14932 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
14933 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
14934 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
14935 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
14936 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
14937 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
14938 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
14939 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
14940 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
14941 `ascii' (\\ca)
14942 `arabic' (\\cb)
14943 `chinese' (\\cc)
14944 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
14945 `greek' (\\cg)
14946 `korean' (\\ch)
14947 `indian' (\\ci)
14948 `japanese' (\\cj)
14949 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
14950 `latin' (\\cl)
14951 `lao' (\\co)
14952 `tibetan' (\\cq)
14953 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
14954 `thai' (\\ct)
14955 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
14956 `hebrew' (\\cw)
14957 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
14958 `can-break' (\\c|)
14959
14960 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
14961 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
14962
14963 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14964 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
14965
14966 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14967 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
14968 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
14969
14970 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14971 another name for `submatch'.
14972
14973 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14974 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
14975 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
14976 regular expression.
14977
14978 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
14979 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
14980 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
14981 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
14982 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
14983
14984 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
14985 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
14986
14987 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
14988 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14989
14990 `(0+ SEXP)'
14991 like `zero-or-more'.
14992
14993 `(* SEXP)'
14994 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14995
14996 `(*? SEXP)'
14997 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14998
14999 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15000 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15001
15002 `(1+ SEXP)'
15003 like `one-or-more'.
15004
15005 `(+ SEXP)'
15006 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15007
15008 `(+? SEXP)'
15009 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15010
15011 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15012 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15013
15014 `(optional SEXP)'
15015 like `zero-or-one'.
15016
15017 `(? SEXP)'
15018 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15019
15020 `(?? SEXP)'
15021 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15022
15023 `(repeat N SEXP)'
15024 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15025
15026 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15027 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15028
15029 `(eval FORM)'
15030 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15031 `regexp-quote' it.
15032
15033 `(regexp REGEXP)'
15034 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15035
15036 ;;;***
15037 \f
15038 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15039 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
15040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15041
15042 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15043 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15044 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15045
15046 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15047 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15048 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15049 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15050 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15051 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15052 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15053 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15054
15055 Commands:
15056 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15057 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15058 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15059 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15060 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15061
15062 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15063 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15064 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15065
15066 Commands:
15067 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15068 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15069 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15070 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15071 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15072 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15073
15074 ;;;***
15075 \f
15076 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15077 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
15078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15079
15080 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15081 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15082 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15083
15084 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15085
15086 ;;;***
15087 \f
15088 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15400
15089 ;;;;;; 1481))
15090 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15091
15092 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15093 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15094 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15095 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15096
15097 Interesting variables:
15098
15099 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15100 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15101
15102 `scribe-electric-quote'
15103 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15104
15105 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15106 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15107 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15108
15109 ;;;***
15110 \f
15111 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
15112 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15371 46423))
15113 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15114
15115 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
15116 Control/track scroll locking.
15117
15118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15119 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15120
15121 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15122
15123 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15124
15125 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15126 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
15127
15128 ;;;***
15129 \f
15130 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15131 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
15132 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
15133 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
15134 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
15135 ;;;;;; (15602 18408))
15136 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15137
15138 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15139 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15140
15141 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15142 king@grassland.com
15143 If `parens', they look like:
15144 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15145 If `angles', they look like:
15146 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15147 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15148 derived from the envelope-from address.
15149
15150 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15151 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15152 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15153 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15154
15155 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15156 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15157 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15158 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15159
15160 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15161 is a privileged operation.")
15162
15163 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15164 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15165 This is done when the message is initialized,
15166 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15167
15168 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15169 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15170 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15171
15172 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15173 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15174
15175 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15176 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15177 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15178 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15179 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15180 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15181 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15182
15183 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15184 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15185
15186 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15187 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15188 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15189
15190 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15191 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15192 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15193 when you first send mail.")
15194
15195 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15196 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15197 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15198 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15199 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15200
15201 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15202 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15203 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15204 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15205 This file need not actually exist.")
15206
15207 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15208 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15209 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15210 If a string, that string is inserted.
15211 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15212 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15213 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15214 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15215
15216 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15217 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15218 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15219 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15220 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15221 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15222 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15223 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15224 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15225 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15226 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15227 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15228 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15229 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15230 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15231
15232 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15233 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15234 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15235 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15236 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15237 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15238
15239 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15240 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15241 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15242
15243 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15244 User should not set this variable manually,
15245 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15246 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15247 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15248 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15249
15250 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15251 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15252 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15253 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15254
15255 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15256 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15257
15258 \\<mail-mode-map>
15259 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15260
15261 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15262 to move to message header fields:
15263 \\{mail-mode-map}
15264
15265 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15266 when the message is initialized.
15267
15268 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15269 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15270
15271 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15272 is inserted.
15273
15274 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15275 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15276
15277 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15278 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15279
15280 The second through fifth arguments,
15281 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15282 the initial contents of those header fields.
15283 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15284 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15285 original message being replied to, or else an action
15286 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15287 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15288 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15289 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15290 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15291 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15292
15293 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15294 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15295
15296 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15297 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15298
15299 ;;;***
15300 \f
15301 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15400 1473))
15302 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15303
15304 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15305 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15306 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15307 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15308 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15309 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15310
15311 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15312
15313 ;;;***
15314 \f
15315 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15316 ;;;;;; (15486 59257))
15317 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15318
15319 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15320 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15321 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
15322 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
15323 `sgml-quick-keys'.
15324
15325 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15326 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15327 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15328
15329 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15330 your `.emacs' file.
15331
15332 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15333
15334 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15335 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15336 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15337
15338 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15339 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15340 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15341 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15342 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15343 which this is based.
15344
15345 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15346
15347 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15348 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15349 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15350 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15351
15352 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15353 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15354 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15355
15356 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15357 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15358 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15359 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15360
15361 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15362 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15363 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15364 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15365
15366 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15367
15368 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15369 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
15370 To work around that, do:
15371 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15372
15373 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15374
15375 ;;;***
15376 \f
15377 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15378 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
15379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15380
15381 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15382
15383 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15384 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15385 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15386 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15387 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15388 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15389
15390 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15391 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15392 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15393 shell-specific features.
15394
15395 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15396 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15397 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15398
15399 \\[sh-case] case statement
15400 \\[sh-for] for loop
15401 \\[sh-function] function definition
15402 \\[sh-if] if statement
15403 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15404 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15405 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15406 \\[sh-select] select loop
15407 \\[sh-until] until loop
15408 \\[sh-while] while loop
15409
15410 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15411 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15412 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15413 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15414 would indent to the way it currently is.
15415 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15416 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15417
15418
15419 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15420 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15421 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15422 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15423 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15424 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15425
15426 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15427 {, (, [, ', \", `
15428 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15429
15430 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15431 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15432 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15433
15434 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15435 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15436
15437 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15438
15439 ;;;***
15440 \f
15441 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15442 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
15443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15444
15445 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15446 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15447
15448 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15449 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15450 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15451 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15452 the earlier.
15453
15454 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15455
15456 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15457
15458 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15459 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15460 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15461
15462 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15463 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15464
15465 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15466 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15467 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15468 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15469 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15470 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15471 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15472 emacs version).
15473
15474 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15475 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15476 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15477 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15478 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15479
15480 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15481 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15482 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15483
15484 ;;;***
15485 \f
15486 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15487 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15371
15488 ;;;;;; 46425))
15489 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15490
15491 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15492 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15493 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15494 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15495 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15496 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15497 in the cluster." t nil)
15498
15499 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15500 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15501 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15502 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15503 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15504
15505 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15506 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15507 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15508 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15509 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15510 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15511 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15512
15513 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15514 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15515
15516 ;;;***
15517 \f
15518 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15519 ;;;;;; (15482 42688))
15520 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15521
15522 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15523 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15524 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15525 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15526 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15527 arguments.")
15528
15529 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15530 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15531 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15532 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15533 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15534 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15535 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15536 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15537 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15538 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15539 discards input when it starts up.)
15540 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15541 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15542 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15543
15544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15545 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15546 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15547 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15549 `default-process-coding-system'.
15550
15551 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15552 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15553 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15554 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15555
15556 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15557 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15558
15559 ;;;***
15560 \f
15561 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15400
15562 ;;;;;; 1480))
15563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15564
15565 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15566 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15567 \\{simula-mode-map}
15568 Variables controlling indentation style:
15569 simula-tab-always-indent
15570 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15571 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15572 simula-indent-level
15573 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15574 simula-substatement-offset
15575 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15576 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15577 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15578 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15579 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15580 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15581 simula-label-offset -4711
15582 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15583 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15584 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15585 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15586 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15587 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15588 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15589 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15590 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15591 simula-electric-indent nil
15592 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15593 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15594 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15595 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15596 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15597 or nil if they should not be changed.
15598 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15599 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15600 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15601 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15602
15603 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15604 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15605
15606 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15607 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15608 at all." t nil)
15609
15610 ;;;***
15611 \f
15612 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15613 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15614 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
15615 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15616
15617 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15618 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15619
15620 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15621 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15622 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15623 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15624 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15625
15626 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15627 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15628 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15629 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15630 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15631 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15632 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15633
15634 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15635 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15636 ignored." t nil)
15637
15638 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15639 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15640 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15641 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15642 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15643 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15644 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15645
15646 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15647 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15648 ignored." t nil)
15649
15650 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15651 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15652
15653 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15654 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15655 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15656 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15657
15658 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15659 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15660 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15661 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15662
15663 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15664 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15665 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15666
15667 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15668 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15669
15670 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15671 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15672
15673 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15674 _ interesting point, interregion here
15675 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15676 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15677 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15678 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15679 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15680 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15681 nil skipped
15682
15683 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15684 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15685
15686 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15687 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15688 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15689 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15690 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15691 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15692 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15693 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15694
15695 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15696 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15697 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15698 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15699 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15700 available:
15701
15702 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15703 then: insert previously read string once more
15704 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15705 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15706 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15707
15708 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15709 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15710
15711 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15712 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15713
15714 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15715 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15716 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15717 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15718 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15719 such as backslash.
15720
15721 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15722 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15723 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15724
15725 ;;;***
15726 \f
15727 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15371
15728 ;;;;;; 46426))
15729 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15730
15731 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15732 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15733 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15734
15735 ;;;***
15736 \f
15737 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15738 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
15739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15740
15741 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15742 Display textual smileys as images.
15743 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15744 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15745 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15746
15747 ;;;***
15748 \f
15749 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15750 ;;;;;; (15417 7425))
15751 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15752
15753 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15754
15755 ;;;***
15756 \f
15757 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15478 24938))
15758 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15759
15760 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15761 Play the Snake game.
15762 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15763
15764 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15765
15766 Snake mode keybindings:
15767 \\<snake-mode-map>
15768 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15769 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15770 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15771 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15772 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15773 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15774 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
15775
15776 ;;;***
15777 \f
15778 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15779 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
15780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15781
15782 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15783 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15784 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15785 Tab indents for C code.
15786 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15787 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15788 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15789 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15790 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15791
15792 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15793 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15794 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15795 Tab indents for C code.
15796 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15797 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15798 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15799 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15800 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15801
15802 ;;;***
15803 \f
15804 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15805 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15806 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15427 61507))
15807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15808
15809 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15810 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15811
15812 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15813 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15814 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15815
15816 For example, the form
15817
15818 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15819 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15820
15821 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15822
15823 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15824 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15825
15826 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15827 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15828 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15829 York City.
15830
15831 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15832
15833 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15834 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15835
15836 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15837 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15838 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15839 York City.
15840
15841 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15842
15843 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15844 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15845 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
15846 pair.
15847
15848 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15849
15850 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15851 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15852 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15853
15854 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15855 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15856
15857 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15858
15859 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15860 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15861 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15862
15863 ;;;***
15864 \f
15865 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15371
15866 ;;;;;; 46425))
15867 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15868
15869 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15870 Play Solitaire.
15871
15872 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
15873 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
15874 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15875 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
15876 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
15877 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
15878 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15879 check after each move or undo)
15880
15881 What is Solitaire?
15882
15883 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15884 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15885 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
15886
15887 Le Solitaire
15888 ============
15889
15890 o o o
15891
15892 o o o
15893
15894 o o o o o o o
15895
15896 o o o . o o o
15897
15898 o o o o o o o
15899
15900 o o o
15901
15902 o o o
15903
15904 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
15905 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
15906 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
15907 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
15908
15909 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
15910 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
15911 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
15912 this: o o .
15913
15914 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
15915 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
15916
15917 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
15918
15919 o o o
15920
15921 . o o
15922
15923 o o . o o o o
15924
15925 o . o o o o o
15926
15927 o o o o o o o
15928
15929 o o o
15930
15931 o o o
15932
15933 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
15934
15935 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
15936
15937 ;;;***
15938 \f
15939 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
15940 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
15941 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15417 7410))
15942 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
15943
15944 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
15945 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
15946 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
15947
15948 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
15949 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
15950 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
15951 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
15952 contiguous.
15953
15954 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
15955 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
15956 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15957 the sort order.
15958
15959 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
15960 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
15961
15962 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
15963 It moves point to the start of the next record.
15964 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
15965 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
15966 is called.
15967
15968 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
15969 It should move point to the end of the record.
15970
15971 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
15972 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
15973 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
15974 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
15975 starts at the beginning of the record.
15976
15977 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
15978 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
15979 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
15980
15981 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
15982 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15983 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15984 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15985 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15986 the sort order." t nil)
15987
15988 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
15989 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15990 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15991 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15992 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15993 the sort order." t nil)
15994
15995 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
15996 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15997 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15998 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15999 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16000 the sort order." t nil)
16001
16002 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16003 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16004 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16005 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16006 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16007 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16008 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16009 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16010 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16011
16012 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16013 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16014 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16015 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16016 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16017 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16018 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16019 the sort order." t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16022 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16023 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16024 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16025 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16026 is to be used for sorting.
16027 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16028 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16029 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16030 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16031 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16032
16033 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16034
16035 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16036 the sort order.
16037
16038 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16039 starting with the letter \"f\",
16040 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16041
16042 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16043 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16044 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16045 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16046 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16047 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16048 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16049 the sort order.
16050
16051 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16052 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16053 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16054 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16055 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16056
16057 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16058 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16059 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16060
16061 ;;;***
16062 \f
16063 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16064 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15417 7410))
16065 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16066
16067 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16068
16069 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16070 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16071 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16072 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16073 supported at a time.
16074 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16075 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16076
16077 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16078 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16079 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16080 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16081
16082 ;;;***
16083 \f
16084 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16085 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15371 46417))
16086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16087
16088 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16089
16090 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16091 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16092 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16093 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16094 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16095 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16096
16097 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16098 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16099 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16100 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16101
16102 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16103 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16104 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16105 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16106 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16107
16108 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16109 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16110
16111 ;;;***
16112 \f
16113 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (15371
16114 ;;;;;; 46425))
16115 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16116
16117 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16118 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16119
16120 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16121 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16122
16123 ;;;***
16124 \f
16125 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16126 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16127 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15441 20097))
16128 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16129
16130 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16131 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16132
16133 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16134 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16135
16136 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16137
16138 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16139 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16140
16141 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16142
16143 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16144 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16145 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16146 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16147 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16148 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16149 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16150
16151 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16152
16153 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16154 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16155 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16156 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16157
16158 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16159 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16160 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16161 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16162
16163 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16164 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16165 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16166
16167 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16168 Major mode to edit SQL.
16169
16170 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16171 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16172 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16173
16174 \\{sql-mode-map}
16175 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16176
16177 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16178 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16179 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16180 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16181 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16182 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16183
16184 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16185 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16186
16187 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16188 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16189 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16190
16191 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16192 (lambda ()
16193 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16194
16195 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16196 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16197
16198 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16199 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16200 `*SQL*'.
16201
16202 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16203 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16204 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16205 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16206
16207 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16208 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16209
16210 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16211 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16212 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16213 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16214 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16215 `default-process-coding-system'.
16216
16217 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16218
16219 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16220 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16221
16222 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16223 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16224 `*SQL*'.
16225
16226 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16227 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16228 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16229 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16230
16231 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16232 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16233
16234 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16235 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16236 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16237 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16238 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16239 `default-process-coding-system'.
16240
16241 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16242
16243 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16244 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16245
16246 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16247 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16248 `*SQL*'.
16249
16250 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16251 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16252
16253 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16254 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16255
16256 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16257 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16258 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16259 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16260 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16261 `default-process-coding-system'.
16262
16263 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16264
16265 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16266 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16267
16268 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16269
16270 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16271 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16272 `*SQL*'.
16273
16274 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16275 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16276 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16277 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16278
16279 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16280 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16281
16282 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16283 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16284 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16285 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16286 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16287 `default-process-coding-system'.
16288
16289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16290
16291 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16292 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16293
16294 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16295 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16296 `*SQL*'.
16297
16298 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16299 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16300 defaults, if set.
16301
16302 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16303 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16304
16305 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16306 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16307 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16308 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16309 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16310 `default-process-coding-system'.
16311
16312 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16313
16314 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16315 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16316
16317 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16318 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16319 `*SQL*'.
16320
16321 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16322 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16323
16324 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16325 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16326
16327 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16328 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16329 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16330 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16331 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16332 `default-process-coding-system'.
16333
16334 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16335
16336 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16337 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16338
16339 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16340 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16341 `*SQL*'.
16342
16343 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16344 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16345 as defaults, if set.
16346
16347 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16348 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16349
16350 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16351 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16352 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16353 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16354 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16355 `default-process-coding-system'.
16356
16357 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16358
16359 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16360 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16361
16362 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16363 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16364 `*SQL*'.
16365
16366 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16367 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16368 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16369 `sql-postgres-options'.
16370
16371 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16372 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16373
16374 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16375 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16376 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16377 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16378 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16379 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16380 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16381 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16382
16383 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16384 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16385
16386 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16387
16388 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16389 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16390
16391 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16392 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16393 `*SQL*'.
16394
16395 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16396 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16397 defaults, if set.
16398
16399 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16400 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16401
16402 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16403 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16404 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16405 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16406 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16407 `default-process-coding-system'.
16408
16409 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16410
16411 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16412 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16413
16414 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16415 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16416 `*SQL*'.
16417
16418 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16419 automatic login.
16420
16421 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16422 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16423
16424 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16425 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16426 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16427 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16428
16429 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16430 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16431 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16432 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16433 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16434 `default-process-coding-system'.
16435
16436 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16437
16438 ;;;***
16439 \f
16440 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16441 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16442 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16443 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16444 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
16445 ;;;;;; (15465 22816))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16447
16448 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
16449 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
16450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
16451 or M-x strokes-mode.")
16452
16453 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16454
16455 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
16456
16457 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16458 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16459 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16460 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16461 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16462 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16463
16464 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
16465
16466 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16467 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16468 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16469 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16470 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16471 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16472 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16473
16474 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16475 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16476 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16477 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16478 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16479 then complete the stroke with button3.
16480 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16481
16482 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16483 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16484 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16485
16486 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16487 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16488 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16489
16490 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16491 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16492
16493 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16494
16495 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16496 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16497
16498 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16499 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16500
16501 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16502
16503 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16504 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16505 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16506 chronologically by command name.
16507 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16508
16509 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16510 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16511 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16512 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16513 mode in all buffers when activated.
16514 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16515 new strokes with
16516
16517 > M-x global-set-stroke
16518
16519 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16520 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16521 strokes with
16522
16523 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16524 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16525
16526 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16527 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16528 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16529 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16530
16531 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16532 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16533
16534 ;;;***
16535 \f
16536 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
16537 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15391 60712))
16538 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16539
16540 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16541 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
16542
16543 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16544 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
16545
16546 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
16547 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
16548
16549 ;;;***
16550 \f
16551 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16552 ;;;;;; (15400 1478))
16553 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16554
16555 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16556 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16557 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16558 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16559 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16560 original message but it does require a few things:
16561
16562 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16563
16564 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16565 reply buffer.
16566
16567 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16568 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16569 original message.
16570
16571 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16572
16573 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16574
16575 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16576 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16577 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16578
16579 ;;;***
16580 \f
16581 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15391
16582 ;;;;;; 60528))
16583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
16584
16585 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
16586 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
16587 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
16588 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
16589
16590 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
16591 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
16592 avoid a more expansive scan.
16593 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
16594
16595 ;;;***
16596 \f
16597 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (15371 46416))
16598 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16599
16600 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16601 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16602 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16603 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16604 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16605
16606 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16607 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16608 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16609 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16610 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16611 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16612 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16613
16614 ;;;***
16615 \f
16616 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15371 46416))
16617 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16618
16619 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16620 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16621
16622 ;;;***
16623 \f
16624 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15475 26218))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16626
16627 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16628 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16629 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16630 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16631 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16632 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16633 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16634
16635 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16636 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16637 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16638 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16639
16640 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16641 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
16642
16643 ;;;***
16644 \f
16645 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16646 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15476 9279))
16647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16648
16649 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16650 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16651 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16652 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16653 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16654 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16655
16656 Variables controlling indentation style:
16657 `tcl-indent-level'
16658 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16659 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
16660 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16661
16662 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16663 documentation for details):
16664 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
16665 Controls action of TAB key.
16666 `tcl-auto-newline'
16667 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16668 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16669 `tcl-electric-hash-style'
16670 Controls action of `#' key.
16671 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
16672 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16673 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16674
16675 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16676 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16677 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16678 already exist.
16679
16680 Commands:
16681 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16682
16683 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16684 Run inferior Tcl process.
16685 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16686 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16687
16688 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16689 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16690 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16691
16692 ;;;***
16693 \f
16694 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15441 20096))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16696 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16697
16698 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16699 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16700 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16701 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16702 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16703 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16704 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16705 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16706
16707 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16708 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16709 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16710 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16711
16712 ;;;***
16713 \f
16714 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15455
16715 ;;;;;; 18400))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16717
16718 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16719 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16720 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16721 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16722 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16723 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16724
16725 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16726 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16727
16728 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16729 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16730
16731 ;;;***
16732 \f
16733 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15464
16734 ;;;;;; 26324))
16735 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16736
16737 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16738 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16739 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16740 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16741 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16742 program as keyboard input.
16743
16744 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16745 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16746 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16747 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16748
16749 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16750 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16751 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16752 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16753 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16754
16755 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16756
16757 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16758 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16759 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16760 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16761
16762 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16763 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16764 subprocess started." t nil)
16765
16766 ;;;***
16767 \f
16768 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15441 20096))
16769 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16770
16771 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16772 Play the Tetris game.
16773 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16774 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16775 as to form complete rows.
16776
16777 tetris-mode keybindings:
16778 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16779 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16780 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16781 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16782 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16783 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16784 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16785 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16786 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16787
16788 " t nil)
16789
16790 ;;;***
16791 \f
16792 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16793 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16794 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16795 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16796 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16797 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16798 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16799 ;;;;;; (15469 16379))
16800 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16801
16802 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16803 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16804
16805 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16806 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16807 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16808 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16809 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16810
16811 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16812 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16813 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16814 if it matches the first line of the file,
16815 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16816
16817 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16818 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16819 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16820 if the variable is non-nil.")
16821
16822 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16823 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16824
16825 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16826 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16827 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16828 See the documentation of that variable.")
16829
16830 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16831 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16832 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16833 See the documentation of that variable.")
16834
16835 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16836 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16837 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16838 See the documentation of that variable.")
16839
16840 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
16841 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
16842 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
16843 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16844
16845 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16846 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16847 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16848
16849 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16850 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16851 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16852 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16853
16854 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16855 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16856 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16857 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16858
16859 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16860 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
16861 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16862 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16863
16864 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16865 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16866 for example,
16867
16868 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16869 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
16870
16871 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
16872 use.")
16873
16874 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16875 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
16876 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16877 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16878
16879 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16880 window system being used. For example,
16881
16882 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16883 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
16884
16885 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
16886 otherwise.")
16887
16888 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16889 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
16890 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
16891
16892 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16893 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16894 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16895 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16896 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16897
16898 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16899 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16900
16901 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
16902 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16903
16904 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16905 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
16906 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
16907 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
16908 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
16909 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
16910 says which mode to use." t nil)
16911
16912 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
16913
16914 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
16915
16916 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
16917
16918 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16919 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
16920 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16921 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16922 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16923
16924 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
16925 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
16926 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16927 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16928 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16929 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16930 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16931
16932 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16933 mismatched $'s or braces.
16934
16935 Special commands:
16936 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
16937
16938 Mode variables:
16939 tex-run-command
16940 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16941 tex-directory
16942 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
16943 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16944 tex-dvi-print-command
16945 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16946 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16947 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16948 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16949 tex-dvi-view-command
16950 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16951 tex-show-queue-command
16952 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16953 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16954
16955 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16956 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
16957 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16958
16959 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16960 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
16961 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16962 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16963 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16964
16965 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16966 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16967 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16968 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16969 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16970 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16971 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16972
16973 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16974 mismatched $'s or braces.
16975
16976 Special commands:
16977 \\{latex-mode-map}
16978
16979 Mode variables:
16980 latex-run-command
16981 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16982 tex-directory
16983 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
16984 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16985 tex-dvi-print-command
16986 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16987 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16988 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16989 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16990 tex-dvi-view-command
16991 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16992 tex-show-queue-command
16993 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16994 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16995
16996 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
16997 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
16998 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16999
17000 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17001 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
17002 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17003 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17004 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17005
17006 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17007 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17008 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17009 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17010 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17011 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17012 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17013
17014 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17015 mismatched $'s or braces.
17016
17017 Special commands:
17018 \\{slitex-mode-map}
17019
17020 Mode variables:
17021 slitex-run-command
17022 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17023 tex-directory
17024 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
17025 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17026 tex-dvi-print-command
17027 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17028 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17029 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17030 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17031 tex-dvi-view-command
17032 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17033 tex-show-queue-command
17034 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17035 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17036
17037 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17038 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
17039 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
17040 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17041
17042 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
17043
17044 ;;;***
17045 \f
17046 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
17047 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15371 46417))
17048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
17049
17050 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
17051 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
17052 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17053 name specified in the @setfilename command.
17054
17055 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
17056 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
17057 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
17058
17059 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
17060 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
17061 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
17062 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
17063 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
17064
17065 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
17066 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
17067 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17068 names specified in the @setfilename command.
17069
17070 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
17071 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
17072 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
17073 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
17074
17075 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
17076 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
17077
17078 ;;;***
17079 \f
17080 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
17081 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15425 28364))
17082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
17083
17084 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
17085 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17086
17087 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
17088 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17089
17090 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
17091 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
17092
17093 It has these extra commands:
17094 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
17095
17096 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
17097 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
17098 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
17099 modified version of TeX input format.
17100
17101 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
17102 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
17103 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
17104 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
17105
17106 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
17107 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
17108 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
17109 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
17110 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
17111 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
17112 in the Texinfo file.
17113
17114 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
17115 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
17116 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
17117 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
17118 move forward past the closing brace.
17119
17120 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
17121 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
17122
17123 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
17124 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
17125 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
17126
17127 Here are the functions:
17128
17129 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
17130 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
17131 texinfo-sequential-node-update
17132
17133 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
17134 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
17135 texinfo-master-menu
17136
17137 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
17138
17139 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
17140 which menu descriptions are indented.
17141
17142 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
17143 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
17144 in the region.
17145
17146 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
17147 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
17148 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
17149 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
17150
17151 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
17152 be the first node in the file.
17153
17154 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
17155 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
17156
17157 ;;;***
17158 \f
17159 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
17160 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
17161 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15391 60704))
17162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
17163
17164 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
17165 Compose Thai characters in the region.
17166 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17167 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
17168
17169 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
17170 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
17171
17172 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
17173 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
17174
17175 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
17176
17177 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
17178 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
17179 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17180 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17181 to compose.
17182
17183 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
17184
17185 ;;;***
17186 \f
17187 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
17188 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
17189 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15371 46418))
17190 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
17191
17192 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
17193 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
17194
17195 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17196 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
17197 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17198 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17199 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17200
17201 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17202 a symbol as a valid THING.
17203
17204 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
17205 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
17206
17207 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17208 Return the THING at point.
17209 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17210 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17211 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17212
17213 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17214 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
17215
17216 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17217
17218 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17219
17220 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17221
17222 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17223
17224 ;;;***
17225 \f
17226 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
17227 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
17228 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
17229 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
17230 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15441
17231 ;;;;;; 20095))
17232 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
17233
17234 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
17235 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
17236 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
17237
17238 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
17239 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
17240
17241 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
17242 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
17243 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
17244
17245 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17246 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
17247
17248 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17249 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
17250
17251 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17252 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
17253 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
17254 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
17255
17256 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17257 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
17258 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
17259 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
17260
17261 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17262
17263 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17264 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
17265 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
17266
17267 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17268 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
17269 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
17270
17271 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17272
17273 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17274
17275 ;;;***
17276 \f
17277 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
17278 ;;;;;; (15371 46417))
17279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17280
17281 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17282 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17283 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17284 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17285 parameters.
17286 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17287
17288 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17289 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17290 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17291 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17292 parameters.
17293 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17294
17295 ;;;***
17296 \f
17297 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17298 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15587 40325))
17299 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17300
17301 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17302 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17303
17304 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17305 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17306 This display updates automatically every minute.
17307 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17308 are displayed as well.
17309 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17310
17311 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17312 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17313 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17315 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17316
17317 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17318
17319 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17320
17321 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17322 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17323 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17324
17325 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17326 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17327 are displayed as well.
17328 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17329
17330 ;;;***
17331 \f
17332 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
17333 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
17334 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
17335 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
17336 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
17337
17338 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17339 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
17340
17341 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
17342 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
17343
17344 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
17345 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
17346
17347 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
17348 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
17349
17350 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
17351 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
17352 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
17353
17354 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
17355
17356 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
17357 Subtract two time values.
17358 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
17359
17360 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
17361 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
17362
17363 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
17364 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
17365 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
17366
17367 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
17368 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
17369 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
17370
17371 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
17372 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
17373
17374 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
17375 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
17376
17377 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
17378 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
17379 TIME should be a time value.
17380 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
17381
17382 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17383 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
17384 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
17385
17386 ;;;***
17387 \f
17388 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17389 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15371 46418))
17390 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17391
17392 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17393 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17394 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17395 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17396 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17397 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17398 look like one of the following:
17399 Time-stamp: <>
17400 Time-stamp: \" \"
17401 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17402 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17403 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17404 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17405 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17406 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17407 template." t nil)
17408
17409 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17410 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17411 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17412
17413 ;;;***
17414 \f
17415 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17416 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17417 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17418 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17419 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17421
17422 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17423 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17424 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17425 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17426 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17427 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17428 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17429 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17430
17431 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17432 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17433 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17434 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17435 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17436 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17437 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17438 this function is called within a day.
17439
17440 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17441 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17442 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17443 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17444
17445 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17446 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17447 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17448 begun during the last time segment.
17449
17450 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17451 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17452 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17453 discover the reason." t nil)
17454
17455 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17456 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17457
17458 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17459 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
17460 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
17461 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
17462 project you were working on." t nil)
17463
17464 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
17465 Ask the user before clocking out.
17466 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
17467
17468 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
17469 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
17470 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
17471
17472 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
17473 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
17474 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17475 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17476 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17477 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17478
17479 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17480 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17481 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17482 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17483
17484 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17485 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
17486 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
17487 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
17488 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
17489 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
17490 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
17491 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
17492 non-nil." t nil)
17493
17494 ;;;***
17495 \f
17496 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
17497 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
17498 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15371 46418))
17499 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
17500
17501 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
17502
17503 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
17504 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
17505
17506 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
17507 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
17508
17509 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
17510 Perform an action at time TIME.
17511 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17512 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
17513 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
17514 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
17515 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
17516 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17517
17518 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17519
17520 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
17521 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
17522 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17523 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
17524 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17525
17526 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17527
17528 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17529 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17530 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17531 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17532
17533 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17534 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17535 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17536 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17537
17538 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17539 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17540
17541 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17542 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17543
17544 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17545 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17546 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17547 The call should look like:
17548 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17549 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17550 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17551 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17552 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17553
17554 ;;;***
17555 \f
17556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17557 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15597 11253))
17558 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17559
17560 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17561 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17562 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17563 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17564
17565 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17566 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17567 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17568 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17569 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17570 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17571 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17572
17573 ;;;***
17574 \f
17575 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17576 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15450 56540))
17577 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17578 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17579 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17580 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17581
17582 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17583 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17584 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17585 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17586 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17587
17588 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17589 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17590 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17591 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17592 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17593
17594 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17595 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17596 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17597 in the menu in two ways:
17598 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17599 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17600 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17601
17602 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17603 keymap or an alist of alists.
17604 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17605 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17606
17607 ;;;***
17608 \f
17609 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17610 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17611 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15391 60522))
17612 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17613
17614 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17615 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17616
17617 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17618 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17619
17620 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17621 Insert new TODO list entry.
17622 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17623 category." t nil)
17624
17625 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17626 List top priorities for each category.
17627
17628 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17629 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17630
17631 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17632 between each category." t nil)
17633
17634 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17635 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17636 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17637 between each category.
17638
17639 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17640
17641 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17642 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17643
17644 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17645
17646 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17647 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17648
17649 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17650 Show TODO list." t nil)
17651
17652 ;;;***
17653 \f
17654 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
17655 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15476 49243))
17656 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17657
17658 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17659 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17660 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17662 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17663
17664 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17665
17666 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17667
17668 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17669 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17670 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17671
17672 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17673 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17674
17675 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17676
17677 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17678 Add an item to the tool bar.
17679 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17680 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17681 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17682 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17683
17684 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17685 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17686 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17687
17688 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17689 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17690 function." nil nil)
17691
17692 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17693 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17694 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
17695 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
17696 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
17697 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
17698 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
17699
17700 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17701 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17702 function." nil nil)
17703
17704 ;;;***
17705 \f
17706 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17707 ;;;;;; (15427 61506))
17708 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17709
17710 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17711 Mode for tooltip display.
17712 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17713
17714 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17715 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17717 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17718
17719 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17720
17721 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17722
17723 ;;;***
17724 \f
17725 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15417
17726 ;;;;;; 7421))
17727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17728
17729 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17730
17731 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17732
17733 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
17734 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
17735
17736 ;;;***
17737 \f
17738 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
17739 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15371 46419))
17740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
17741
17742 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
17743 Set scroll margins." t nil)
17744
17745 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
17746 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
17747
17748 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
17749 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
17750
17751 ;;;***
17752 \f
17753 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15371 46419))
17754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
17755
17756 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
17757 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
17758 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
17759 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
17760 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
17761
17762 ;;;***
17763 \f
17764 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
17765 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15371 46419))
17766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
17767
17768 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
17769 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
17770
17771 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
17772 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
17773 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17774 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17775 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17776 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
17777 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
17778 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
17779
17780 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
17781 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
17782 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17783 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17784 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17785 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
17786 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
17787
17788 ;;;***
17789 \f
17790 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17791 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15371 46417))
17792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17793 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17794 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17795 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17796
17797 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17798 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17799 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17800 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17801 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17802 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17803 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17806 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17807 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17808 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17809
17810 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17813 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17814 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17815 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17816 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17817 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17818 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17819
17820 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17821 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17822
17823 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17824 \\___/\\
17825 / \\
17826 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
17827
17828 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17829
17830 ;;;***
17831 \f
17832 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17833 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17834 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17835 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (15371 46418))
17836 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17837
17838 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17839 Toggle typing break mode.
17840 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17842 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
17843
17844 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17845
17846 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17847
17848 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17849 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17850
17851 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17852 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17853
17854 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17855 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
17856 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17857
17858 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17859 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17860
17861 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17862 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17863 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17864
17865 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17866 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17867 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17868 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17869 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17870 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17871
17872 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17873 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17874 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17875 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17876
17877 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
17878 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
17879
17880 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
17881 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
17882
17883 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
17884 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
17885 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
17886
17887 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
17888 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
17889 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
17890 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
17891 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
17892 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
17893 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
17894
17895 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
17896 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
17897
17898 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
17899 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
17900 reset the keystroke counter.
17901
17902 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
17903 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
17904 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
17905 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
17906
17907 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
17908 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
17909 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
17910 `type-break-schedule' command.
17911
17912 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
17913 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
17914 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
17915 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
17916 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
17917 or not to continue.
17918
17919 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
17920 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
17921 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
17922 approximate good values for this.
17923
17924 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
17925 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
17926
17927 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
17928 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
17929 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
17930 `type-break-warning-repeat'
17931 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
17932 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
17933
17934 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
17935 a typing break occur. They include:
17936
17937 `type-break-query-mode'
17938 `type-break-query-function'
17939 `type-break-query-interval'
17940
17941 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
17942
17943 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
17944 Take a typing break.
17945
17946 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
17947 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
17948
17949 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
17950 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
17951
17952 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
17953 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
17954 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
17955 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
17956
17957 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
17958 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
17959
17960 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
17961 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
17962 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
17963 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
17964 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
17965 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
17966 average typing speed.)
17967
17968 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
17969 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
17970 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
17971 the computed maximum threshold.
17972
17973 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
17974 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
17975 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
17976 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
17977 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
17978
17979 ;;;***
17980 \f
17981 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
17982 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15371 46417))
17983 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
17984
17985 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
17986 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
17987 Works by overstriking underscores.
17988 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17989 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17990
17991 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
17992 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
17993 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17994 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17995
17996 ;;;***
17997 \f
17998 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
17999 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15371 46424))
18000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
18001
18002 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18003 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
18004 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18007 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
18008 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
18009 following the containing message." t nil)
18010
18011 ;;;***
18012 \f
18013 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
18014 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
18015 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
18016
18017 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18018 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
18019 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
18020 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
18021 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
18022 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
18023
18024 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18025 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
18026
18027 ;;;***
18028 \f
18029 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
18030 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15371 46418))
18031 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
18032
18033 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
18034 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
18035 This function has a choice of three things to do:
18036 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
18037 to refrain from editing the file
18038 return t (grab the lock on the file)
18039 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
18040 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
18041 in any way you like." nil nil)
18042
18043 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
18044 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
18045 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
18046 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
18047 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
18048
18049 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
18050 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
18051
18052 ;;;***
18053 \f
18054 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
18055 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15371 46421))
18056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
18057
18058 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
18059 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
18060 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
18061 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
18062
18063 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
18064 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
18065 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
18066
18067 ;;;***
18068 \f
18069 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
18070 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer
18071 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory
18072 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
18073 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
18074 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
18075 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15482 46099))
18076 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
18077
18078 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
18079 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
18080 See `run-hooks'.")
18081
18082 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
18083 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
18084 See `run-hooks'.")
18085
18086 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
18087 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
18088 See `run-hooks'.")
18089
18090 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
18091 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
18092 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
18093 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
18094 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
18095 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
18096
18097 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
18098 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
18099 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
18100 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
18101 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
18102
18103 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
18104 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
18105 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
18106 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
18107 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
18108 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
18109 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
18110 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
18111 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
18112 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
18113 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
18114
18115 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
18116 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
18117
18118 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
18119 it will operate on the file in the current line.
18120
18121 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
18122 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
18123 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
18124 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
18125 lock steals will raise an error.
18126
18127 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
18128
18129 For RCS and SCCS files:
18130 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18131 control.
18132 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
18133 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
18134 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
18135 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
18136 it performs a revert.
18137 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
18138 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
18139 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
18140 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
18141 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
18142 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
18143 the option to steal the lock.
18144
18145 For CVS files:
18146 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18147 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
18148 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
18149 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
18150 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
18151 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
18152 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
18153 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
18154 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
18155
18156 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
18157 Register the current file into a version control system.
18158 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
18159 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
18160
18161 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
18162 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
18163 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
18164 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
18165 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
18166 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
18167
18168 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
18169 Display diffs between file versions.
18170 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
18171 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
18172 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
18173 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
18174 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
18175 saving the buffer." t nil)
18176
18177 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
18178 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
18179 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
18180 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
18181
18182 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
18183 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
18184 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
18185 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
18186
18187 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
18188 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
18189 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
18190 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
18191 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
18192 from the current branch.
18193
18194 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
18195
18196 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
18197 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
18198 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
18199
18200 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
18201 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
18202
18203 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
18204
18205 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
18206 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
18207
18208 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
18209 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
18210 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
18211 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
18212 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
18213 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
18214
18215 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
18216 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
18217 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
18218 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
18219 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
18220 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
18221
18222 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
18223 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
18224
18225 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
18226 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
18227 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
18228 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
18229 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
18230
18231 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
18232 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
18233 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
18234
18235 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
18236 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
18237 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
18238 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
18239 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
18240 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
18241 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
18242
18243 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
18244 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
18245 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
18246 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
18247 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
18248 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
18249 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
18250 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
18251 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
18252
18253 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
18254 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
18255
18256 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
18257 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
18258 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
18259 directory.
18260
18261 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
18262
18263 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
18264 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
18265 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18266
18267 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18268 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18269
18270 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18271 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18272
18273 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18274 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18275 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18276 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18277 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18278 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18279
18280 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18281 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18282 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18283 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18284 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18285 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18286 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18287 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18288
18289 Customization variables:
18290
18291 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18292 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18293 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18294 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18295
18296 ;;;***
18297 \f
18298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15482 46252))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18300 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18301 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18302 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18303 (require 'vc-cvs)
18304 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18305
18306 ;;;***
18307 \f
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18309 ;;;;;; (15482 46317))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18311
18312 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18313 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18314 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18315
18316 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18317
18318 ;;;***
18319 \f
18320 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18321 ;;;;;; (15482 46364))
18322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18323
18324 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18325 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18326 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18327
18328 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18329
18330 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18331 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18332 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18333 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18334
18335 ;;;***
18336 \f
18337 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18338 ;;;;;; (15444 42464))
18339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18340
18341 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18342 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18343
18344 Usage:
18345 ------
18346
18347 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18348 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18349 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18350 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18351 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18352 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18353 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18354 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18355 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18356 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18357 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18358 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18359 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18360 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18361 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18362 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18363 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18364 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18365 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18366
18367 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18368 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18369 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18370
18371 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18372 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18373 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18374 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18375 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18376 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18377 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18378 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18379 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18380
18381 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18382 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18383 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18384 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18385 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18386 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18387 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18388 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
18389
18390 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
18391 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
18392 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
18393
18394 - COMMENTS:
18395 `--' puts a single comment.
18396 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
18397 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
18398 comment in between.
18399 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
18400 following lines.
18401 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
18402 uncomments a region if already commented out.
18403
18404 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
18405 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
18406 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
18407 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
18408 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
18409 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
18410 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
18411 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
18412 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
18413 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
18414 multi-line comments.
18415
18416 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
18417 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
18418 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
18419 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
18420 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
18421 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
18422 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
18423 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
18424 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
18425
18426 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
18427 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
18428 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
18429 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
18430 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
18431 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
18432 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
18433 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
18434 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
18435 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
18436
18437 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
18438 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
18439 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
18440 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
18441 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
18442 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
18443 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
18444 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
18445 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
18446 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
18447 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
18448 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
18449 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
18450
18451 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
18452
18453 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
18454 menu).
18455
18456 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
18457
18458 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
18459 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
18460 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
18461 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
18462 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
18463
18464 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
18465 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
18466 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
18467 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
18468 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
18469 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
18470 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
18471 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
18472 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
18473
18474 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
18475 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
18476 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
18477 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
18478 specified.
18479
18480 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
18481 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
18482 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
18483 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18484 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18485 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18486
18487 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18488 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
18489 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18490 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18491 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18492 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18493 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18494 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18495 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
18496 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18497 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18498
18499 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18500 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18501 Math Packages.
18502
18503 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18504 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18505 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18506 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18507 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18508 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18509 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
18510 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18511
18512 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18513 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18514 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18515 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18516 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18517 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18518
18519 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18520 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18521 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18522 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18523 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18524
18525 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18526 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18527 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18528 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18529 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18530
18531 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18532 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18533 highlighted if written in lower case.
18534
18535 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18536 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18537 is non-nil.
18538
18539 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18540 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18541 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18542
18543 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18544 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18545 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18546
18547 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18548 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18549 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18550
18551 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18552 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18553 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18554 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18555 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18556 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18557 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18558
18559 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18560 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18561 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18562 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18563 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18564
18565 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18566 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18567 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18568 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18569
18570 - HINTS:
18571 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18572
18573
18574 Maintenance:
18575 ------------
18576
18577 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18578 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18579
18580 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18581
18582 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18583 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18584 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18585 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18586
18587 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18588 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18589 version and release notes can be found.
18590
18591
18592 Bugs and Limitations:
18593 ---------------------
18594
18595 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18596 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18597 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18598 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18599 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18600 does not work under XEmacs.
18601
18602
18603 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18604 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18605
18606 Key bindings:
18607 -------------
18608
18609 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18610
18611 ;;;***
18612 \f
18613 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15371 46419))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18615
18616 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18617 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18618 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18619 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18620
18621 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18622 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18623 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18624 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18625 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18626
18627 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18628 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18629
18630 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18631
18632 * Limitations and unsupported features
18633 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18634 not supported.
18635 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18636 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18637
18638 * Modifications
18639 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18640 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18641 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18642 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18643 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18644 for undoing a repeated change command.
18645 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18646 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18647 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18648
18649 * Extensions
18650 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18651 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18652 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18653 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18654 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18655 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18656 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18657 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18658
18659 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18660
18661 ;;;***
18662 \f
18663 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18664 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18665 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18666 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15371 46423))
18667 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18668
18669 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18670 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18671
18672 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18673 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18674 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18675 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18676
18677 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18678 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18679
18680 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18681 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18682 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18683 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18684
18685 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18686 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18687
18688 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18689
18690 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18691
18692 ;;;***
18693 \f
18694 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18695 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18696 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15371
18697 ;;;;;; 46418))
18698 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18699
18700 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18701 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18702 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18703 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18704
18705 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18706
18707 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18708 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18709 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18710 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18711 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18712 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18713 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18714
18715 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18716
18717 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18718 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18719 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
18720 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18721 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18722 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18723 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18724 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18725
18726 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
18729 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
18730 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
18731 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18732 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18733 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18734 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18735 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18736
18737 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18738
18739 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
18740 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18741 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18742 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18743 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18744 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18745 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18746
18747 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18748
18749 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18750 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18751 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18752
18753 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
18754 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
18755 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18756 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18757 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18758 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18759 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18760 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18761
18762 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18763
18764 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18765 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18766 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18767
18768 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
18769 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
18770 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18771 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18772 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18773 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18774 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18775 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18776
18777 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18778
18779 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18780 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18781 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18782
18783 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
18784 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
18785 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
18786
18787 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18788 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18789 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18790 read-only.
18791 \\<view-mode-map>
18792 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18793 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18794 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18795 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18796 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18797
18798 H, h, ? This message.
18799 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18800 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
18801 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
18802 > move to the end of buffer.
18803 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
18804 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
18805 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18806 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
18807 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18808 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18809 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18810 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18811 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
18812 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18813 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
18814 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18815 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18816 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
18817 Use this to view a changing file.
18818 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
18819 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
18820 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
18821 . set the mark.
18822 x exchanges point and mark.
18823 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
18824 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18825 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18826 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
18827 ' go to position saved in character register.
18828 s do forward incremental search.
18829 r do reverse incremental search.
18830 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18831 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18832 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18833 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18834 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
18835 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
18836 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18837 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
18838 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
18839 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
18840 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18841 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
18842 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
18843 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
18844 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
18845
18846 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18847 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18848 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18849 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18850 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18851 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18852 will return to that buffer.
18853
18854 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18855
18856 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18857 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18858 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18859 `view-return-to-alist'.
18860 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18861 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18862 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18863
18864 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18865 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18866 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18867 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
18868 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
18869 1) nil Do nothing.
18870 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
18871 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
18872 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
18873 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
18874
18875 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18876
18877 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
18878
18879 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
18880 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
18881
18882 ;;;***
18883 \f
18884 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15371 46419))
18885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
18886
18887 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
18888 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
18889
18890 ;;;***
18891 \f
18892 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
18893 ;;;;;; (15464 26328))
18894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
18895
18896 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
18897 Toggle Viper on/off.
18898 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
18899
18900 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
18901 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
18902
18903 ;;;***
18904 \f
18905 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15391 60705))
18906 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
18907
18908 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
18909 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
18910
18911 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
18912 hotlist.
18913
18914 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
18915 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
18916
18917 ;;;***
18918 \f
18919 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
18920 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
18921 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
18922
18923 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
18924
18925 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
18926 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
18927 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18929 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
18930
18931 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18932
18933 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
18934
18935 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
18936 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
18937 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
18938 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
18939
18940 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
18941 and off otherwise." t nil)
18942
18943 ;;;***
18944 \f
18945 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
18946 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
18947 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
18948 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
18949 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
18950 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15400 1474))
18951 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
18952
18953 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
18954 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
18955
18956 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
18957 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
18958
18959 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
18960 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
18961
18962 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
18963 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
18964
18965 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
18966 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
18967
18968 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
18969 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
18970 These are:
18971 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18972 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18973 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
18974 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18975 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18976
18977 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
18978 and:
18979 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
18980 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
18981
18982 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
18983 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
18984
18985 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
18986 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
18987
18988 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
18989 whitespace problems." t nil)
18990
18991 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
18992 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
18993
18994 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
18995 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
18996
18997 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18998 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
18999 \(which see).")
19000
19001 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19002
19003 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
19004
19005 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
19006 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
19007 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
19008
19009 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
19010 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
19011
19012 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
19013 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
19014 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
19015
19016 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
19017 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
19018
19019 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
19020 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
19021
19022 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19023 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19024 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
19025 replaced with TABS).
19026 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19027 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19028
19029 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
19030
19031 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
19032 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
19033
19034 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
19035 i - Indentation whitespace.
19036 l - Leading whitespace.
19037 s - Space followed by Tab.
19038 t - Trailing whitespace.
19039
19040 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
19041 !<y>.
19042
19043 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
19044 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
19045 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
19046 always they default to 8.)
19047
19048 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
19049 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
19050 even print it.
19051
19052 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
19053 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
19054 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
19055 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
19056 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
19057 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
19058 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
19059 to set smarttab.)
19060
19061 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
19062 merge problems.
19063
19064 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
19065 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
19066 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
19067
19068 ;;;***
19069 \f
19070 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
19071 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15468 8218))
19072 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
19073
19074 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
19075 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
19076
19077 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
19078 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
19079
19080 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
19081 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
19082
19083 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
19084 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
19085 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19086
19087 ;;;***
19088 \f
19089 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
19090 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15468
19091 ;;;;;; 49415))
19092 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
19093
19094 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
19095 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
19096
19097 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
19098 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
19099 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
19100
19101 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
19102 Create widget of TYPE.
19103 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
19104
19105 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
19106 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
19107
19108 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
19109 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
19110
19111 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
19112 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
19113 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
19114
19115 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
19116 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
19117
19118 ;;;***
19119 \f
19120 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
19121 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15371
19122 ;;;;;; 46418))
19123 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
19124
19125 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
19126 Select the window to the left of the current one.
19127 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19128 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19129 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
19130 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19131 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19132
19133 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
19134 Select the window above the current one.
19135 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
19136 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
19137 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
19138 negative ARG) of the current window.
19139 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19140
19141 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
19142 Select the window to the right of the current one.
19143 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19144 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
19145 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
19146 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
19147 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19148
19149 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
19150 Select the window below the current one.
19151 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19152 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19153 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
19154 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19155 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19156
19157 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
19158 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
19159
19160 ;;;***
19161 \f
19162 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
19163 ;;;;;; (15483 45821))
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
19165
19166 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
19167 Toggle winner-mode.
19168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19169 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
19170
19171 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19172
19173 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
19174
19175 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
19176 Toggle Winner mode.
19177 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19178
19179 ;;;***
19180 \f
19181 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
19182 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15417 7411))
19183 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
19184
19185 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
19186 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
19187 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
19188 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
19189 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
19190 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
19191 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
19192 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
19193
19194 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
19195 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
19196
19197 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
19198 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
19199
19200 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
19201 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
19202 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
19203 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
19204 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
19205 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
19206 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
19207 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
19208
19209 ;;;***
19210 \f
19211 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
19212 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
19213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
19214
19215 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
19216 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
19217
19218 BUGS:
19219 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
19220 are not implemented
19221 - Options for search and replace
19222 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
19223 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
19224
19225 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
19226 Emacs-like.
19227
19228 The key bindings are:
19229
19230 C-a backward-word
19231 C-b fill-paragraph
19232 C-c scroll-up-line
19233 C-d forward-char
19234 C-e previous-line
19235 C-f forward-word
19236 C-g delete-char
19237 C-h backward-char
19238 C-i indent-for-tab-command
19239 C-j help-for-help
19240 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
19241 C-l ws-repeat-search
19242 C-n open-line
19243 C-p quoted-insert
19244 C-r scroll-down-line
19245 C-s backward-char
19246 C-t kill-word
19247 C-u keyboard-quit
19248 C-v overwrite-mode
19249 C-w scroll-down
19250 C-x next-line
19251 C-y kill-complete-line
19252 C-z scroll-up
19253
19254 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
19255 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
19256 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
19257 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
19258 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
19259 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
19260 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
19261 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
19262 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
19263 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
19264 C-k b ws-begin-block
19265 C-k c ws-copy-block
19266 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
19267 C-k f find-file
19268 C-k h ws-show-markers
19269 C-k i ws-indent-block
19270 C-k k ws-end-block
19271 C-k p ws-print-block
19272 C-k q kill-emacs
19273 C-k r insert-file
19274 C-k s save-some-buffers
19275 C-k t ws-mark-word
19276 C-k u ws-exdent-block
19277 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
19278 C-k v ws-move-block
19279 C-k w ws-write-block
19280 C-k x kill-emacs
19281 C-k y ws-delete-block
19282
19283 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19284 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19285 C-o j justify-current-line
19286 C-o k kill-buffer
19287 C-o l list-buffers
19288 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19289 C-o r set-fill-column
19290 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19291 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19292 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19293 C-o wo other-window
19294 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19295
19296 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19297 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19298 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19299 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19300 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19301 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19302 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19303 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19304 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19305 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19306 C-q a ws-query-replace
19307 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19308 C-q c end-of-buffer
19309 C-q d end-of-line
19310 C-q f ws-search
19311 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19312 C-q l ws-undo
19313 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19314 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19315 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19316 C-q w ws-last-error
19317 C-q y ws-kill-eol
19318 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19319 " t nil)
19320
19321 ;;;***
19322 \f
19323 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15391
19324 ;;;;;; 60521))
19325 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19326
19327 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19328 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19329 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19330
19331 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19332
19333 ;;;***
19334 \f
19335 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19336 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15417 7434))
19337 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
19338
19339 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
19340 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
19341
19342 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
19343 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
19344
19345 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
19346 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
19347 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
19348
19349 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
19350 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
19351
19352 ;;;***
19353 \f
19354 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15425 28364))
19355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
19356
19357 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
19358 Zone out, completely." t nil)
19359
19360 ;;;***
19361 \f
19362 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
19363 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15391 60705))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
19365
19366 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
19367 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
19368
19369 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
19370 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
19371
19372 Zone-mode does two things:
19373
19374 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
19375 when saving the file
19376
19377 - fontification" t nil)
19378
19379 ;;;***
19380 \f
19381 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("language/vietnamese.el" "language/thai.el"
19382 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/greek.el"
19383 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "international/mule.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
19384 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "cus-start.el" "case-table.el"
19385 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "files.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
19386 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
19387 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "register.el" "term/xterm.el" "term/x-win.el"
19388 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/pc-win.el" "net/ldap.el"
19389 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
19390 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19391 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "scroll-bar.el" "mouse.el" "generic-x.el" "cus-load.el"
19392 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el"
19393 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-pick.el" "language/georgian.el" "international/ogonek.el"
19394 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
19395 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
19396 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
19397 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
19398 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
19399 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
19400 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
19401 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
19402 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "term/internal.el" "xscheme.el" "xml.el"
19403 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "select.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pcvs-info.el"
19404 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "float-sup.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
19405 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-diff.el" "custom.el" "buff-menu.el"
19406 ;;;;;; "allout.el" "abbrevlist.el" "abbrev.el" "byte-run.el" "cdl.el"
19407 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "electric.el"
19408 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "env.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "kermit.el"
19409 ;;;;;; "map-ynp.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "patcomp.el"
19410 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "regi.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "soundex.el"
19411 ;;;;;; "tcp.el" "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "unused.el" "vcursor.el"
19412 ;;;;;; "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt100-led.el" "widget.el" "term/AT386.el"
19413 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
19414 ;;;;;; "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/news.el"
19415 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el"
19416 ;;;;;; "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el"
19417 ;;;;;; "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el"
19418 ;;;;;; "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/wyse50.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
19419 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
19420 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
19421 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
19422 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
19423 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
19424 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
19425 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
19426 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
19427 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el"
19428 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
19429 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
19430 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
19431 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
19432 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
19433 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
19434 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
19435 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
19436 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
19437 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
19438 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
19439 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
19440 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
19441 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
19442 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
19443 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
19444 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
19445 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
19446 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
19447 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
19448 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
19449 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
19450 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
19451 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
19452 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
19453 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
19454 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
19455 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
19456 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
19457 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
19458 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
19459 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
19460 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
19461 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
19462 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
19463 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/swedish.el" "language/devanagari.el"
19464 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
19465 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el"
19466 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
19467 ;;;;;; "mail/vms-pmail.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el"
19468 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el"
19469 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
19470 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "play/gametree.el"
19471 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
19472 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
19473 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
19474 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
19475 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el"
19476 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
19477 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "ediff-hook.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-wind.el"
19478 ;;;;;; "finder-inf.el" "indent.el" "startup.el" "window.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
19479 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
19480 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "bindings.el" "faces.el" "frame.el" "help.el"
19481 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "loadup.el" "menu-bar.el" "paths.el" "replace.el"
19482 ;;;;;; "simple.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "vc-hooks.el" "version.el"
19483 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
19484 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
19485 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
19486 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
19487 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
19488 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
19489 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
19490 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/latin-1.el"
19491 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
19492 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
19493 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/indian.el" "language/lao.el"
19494 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tibetan.el" "mail/uce.el"
19495 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/w32-win.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
19496 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "format.el"
19497 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/english.el"
19498 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "subdirs.el" "international/mule-conf.el")
19499 ;;;;;; (15615 27730 560182))
19500
19501 ;;;***
19502 \f
19503 ;; Local Variables:
19504 ;; version-control: never
19505 ;; no-byte-compile: t
19506 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
19507 ;; End:
19508 ;;; loaddefs.elends here